NUCO2 INC /FL
10-K, 1999-09-28
CHEMICALS & ALLIED PRODUCTS
Previous: MUNICIPAL INVEST TR FD INTERM TERM SER 305 DEF ASSET FDS, 485BPOS, 1999-09-28
Next: GMAC COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE SECURITIES INC, 8-K, 1999-09-28



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549

                                    --------

                                    FORM 10-K

                        FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
                     PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(Mark One)
/X/      ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999

                                       OR
/ /      TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transaction period from ___________ to ___________

                         Commission file number: 0-27378


                                   NUCO2 INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

           Florida                                   65-0180800
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(State or Other Jurisdiction of                   (I.R.S. Employer
 Incorporation or Organization)                   Identification No.)

2800 S.E Market Place, Stuart, Florida                   34997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)               (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (561) 221-1754

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                         None.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $.001 par value
                          -----------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

            Indicate  by check mark  whether the  Registrant:  (1) has filed all
reports  required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes /X/ No / /

            Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant
to  Item  405 of  Regulation  S-K is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not be
contained,  to the  best of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
information  statements  incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. /X/

                                                           (continued next page)
<PAGE>

            The  aggregate  market value at September  20, 1999 of shares of the
Registrant's  common  stock,  $.001 par value per share  (based upon the closing
price of $7.00 per share of such  stock on the  Nasdaq  National  Market on such
date), held by  non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately  $38,870,000.
Solely for the  purposes  of this  calculation,  shares  held by  directors  and
executive  officers of the Registrant have been excluded.  Such exclusion should
not be  deemed a  determination  or an  admission  by the  Registrant  that such
individuals are, in fact, affiliates of the Registrant.

            At September 20, 1999,  there were  outstanding  7,216,664 shares of
the Registrant's common stock, $.001 par value.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

            The  information  required by Items 10, 11, 12 and 13 of Part III is
incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  definitive proxy statement to be
filed not later than October 28, 1999 pursuant to Regulation 14A.


<PAGE>

                                   NUCO2 INC.


                                      Index
                                                                            Page

PART I.
Item 1.        Business.                                                     1
Item 2.        Properties.                                                   9
Item 3.        Legal Proceedings.                                            9
Item 4.        Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.          9

PART II.
Item 5.        Market  For  Registrant's  Common  Equity  and
               Related  Stockholder Matters.                                 9
Item 6.        Selected  Financial Data.                                     9
Item 7.        Management's  Discussion and  Analysis of
               Financial Condition and Results of Operations.               11
Item 7A.       Quantitative and Qualitative  Disclosures About Market Risk. 18
Item 8         Financial Statements and Supplementary  Data.                18
Item 9.        Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants
               on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.                      18

PART III.
Item 10.       Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.          18
Item 11.       Executive Compensation.                                      18
Item 12.       Security Ownership of Certain
               Beneficial Owners and Management.                            18
Item 13.       Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.              18

PART IV.
Item 14.       Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules,
               and Reports on Form 8-K.                                     19

Signatures                                                                  22
Index to Financial Statements                                              F-1


<PAGE>

1.          Business.

General

            NuCo2 Inc. is the largest  supplier in the United States of bulk CO2
systems and bulk CO2 for carbonating and dispensing fountain beverages.  In most
instances,  CO2 is presently  supplied to fountain beverage users in the form of
gas, which is transported and stored in high pressure  cylinders.  Bulk CO2 is a
relatively  new  technology  that is replacing high pressure CO2 as the beverage
carbonation  system of  choice.  We are the first and only  company to operate a
national network of service  locations with over 97% of fountain  beverage users
in the Continental United States within our current service area.

            Our customers are many of the major national and regional restaurant
and convenience store chains, movie theater operators,  theme parks, resorts and
sports venues, including:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   QUICK SERVE RESTAURANTS                             CASUAL/DINNER HOUSES
<S>                               <C>                    <C>                              <C>
      Burger King                 Captain D's            Applebee's                       Landry's
      Pizza Hut                   Sonic Drive-In         Outback Steakhouse               Red Lobster/Olive Garden
      Taco Bell                   White Castle           Chili's                          Shoney's
      KFC                         Roy Rogers             Ryan's Family Steak House        Longhorn Steakhouse
      McDonald's                  Dunkin' Donuts         Pizzeria Uno                     Ponderosa Steak House
      Wendy's                     Pizza Inn              Hard Rock Cafe                   Friendly's Restaurant
      Krystal                     Bumpers Drive-In       Official All Star Cafe           Ruby Tuesday
      Hardee's                    Checker's              Spaghetti Warehouse              Roadhouse Grill
      Churchs Chicken

      CONTRACT FEEDERS            WHOLESALE CLUBS                      CONVENIENCE/PETROLEUM
      Sodexho Marriott            BJ's Wholesale         7-Eleven                         Exxon
      Host Marriott               Costco                 Circle K                         Shell ETD
      Daka International          Sam's Club             Coastal Mart                     E-Z Serve
      ARAmark                                            Total Petroleum                  Racetrac Petroleum
      Fine Host                                          Golden Pantry                    Spectrum Stores
      Sport Services                                     Handy Way                        Sunshine Jr.
                                                         Christy's Market                 Star Enterprises
      SPORTS VENUES                                      Phillips 66                      BP/Amoco
      Pro Player Stadium
      Madison Square Garden                                              MOVIE THEATRES
      Georgia Dome                                       Regal Cinemas                    General Cinema
      Derby Lane                                         American Multi Cinema            Carmike Cinemas
      AMF Bowling Centers                                Sony/Loew's Cinemas              United Artists Cinemas
                                                         Litchfield Cinemas
</TABLE>

            We are a  Florida  corporation,  incorporated  in  1990.  Through  a
combination of internal  growth and over 30  acquisitions,  we have expanded our
service area from one service location and 19 customers in Florida to 84 service
locations  and  approximately  65,000 bulk and high pressure CO2 customers in 44
states.  Our customer base has  increased by an average of 78% annually.  Today,
the  majority of our growth is driven by the  conversion  of high  pressure  CO2
users to bulk CO2 systems.

                                       1
<PAGE>




                   [MAP WITH SERVICE AREA AND DEPOT LOCATIONS]

                                 Customer Base

                                Fiscal Year Ended June 30
                      1995     1996      1997      1998      1999

                    10,467    16,184    28,719    55,095    65,000
                                55%       77%       92%       18%


            Our bulk CO2 customer  base is highest in Florida,  Texas,  Georgia
and New York.  We expanded our service area by one state during  fiscal 1999, 13
states during fiscal 1998 and 12 states during fiscal 1997.


                   States with Largest Bulk CO2 Customer Base

               Florida      Texas     Georgia        New York

               11,804       6,081      5,004          2,754

                                       2

<PAGE>
            Substantially  all of our revenues have been derived from the rental
of bulk CO2 systems  installed  at  customers'  sites,  the sale of CO2 and high
pressure cylinder revenues.  Revenues have grown from $812,000 in fiscal 1991 to
$47.1  million in fiscal 1999, an average  increase of 68% annually.  We believe
that earnings before interest,  taxes,  depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")
is the principal financial measure by which we should be measured as we continue
to achieve national market share and build route density.  EBITDA has grown from
$15,000 in fiscal 1991 to $11.3 million in fiscal 1999,  an average  increase of
72% annually from fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1999.

                                   Net Sales
                                 (in millions)

                            For Fiscal Year Ended June 30
                    1995      1996      1997      1998      1999

                     6.1      12.0     18.9       35.1      47.1
                               97%      58%        85%       34%



                                     EBITDA
                                 (in millions)

                            For Fiscal Year Ended June 30
                    1995      1996      1997      1998      1999

                     2.1       3.7      4.1        7.1      11.3
                               76%      10%        74%       59%






                                       3

<PAGE>
Opportunity for Growth

            CO2 is  universally  used  for the  carbonation  and  dispensing  of
fountain beverages.  Unlike high pressure cylinders, which are typically changed
out when empty and transported to the supplier's  depot for refilling,  bulk CO2
systems are  permanently  installed at the customer's site and are filled by the
supplier  from a  specialized  bulk CO2 truck on a constant  "stay fill"  basis.
Advantages  to users of bulk CO2 systems over high  pressure  cylinders  include
enhanced safety,  improved beverage quality and product yields, reduced employee
handling and cylinder  storage  requirements,  and  elimination  of downtime and
product  waste  during high  pressure  cylinder  changeovers.  Consequently,  we
believe  that bulk CO2  systems  will  eventually  displace  most high  pressure
cylinders in the fountain beverage market.

            There are currently approximately 120,000 bulk CO2 beverage users in
the United States. Of these,  approximately 59,000 are already our customers. We
also  currently  service  approximately  6,000 high  pressure CO2  customers and
estimate that there are  approximately  800,000  fountain  beverage users in the
Continental   United  States  and  therefore  the  bulk  CO2  industry  presents
substantial opportunity for growth.

                       Total Beverage CO2 Users (800,000)

          Bulk CO2                 High Pressure       NUCO2 Inc. Market Share
           Users                     CO2 Users            of Bulk CO2 Users
         (120,000)                  (680,000)                 (59,000)
             15%                        85%                      49%

Products and Services

            We offer our customers two principal services: (1) a stationary bulk
CO2 system  installed on the customer's site and (2) routine filling of the bulk
CO2  system  with bulk CO2 on a three to four week  cycle.  The bulk CO2  system
installed at a customer's site consists of a cryogenic vessel for the storage of
bulk CO2 and related  valves,  regulators  and gas lines.  The cryogenic  vessel
preserves CO2 in its liquid form and then converts the liquid product to gaseous
CO2,  the  necessary  ingredient  for  beverage  carbonation.  We offer bulk CO2
systems  ranging  from 50 to 600 lbs.  of CO2  capacity.  This range of bulk CO2
system  sizes  permits us to market our  services to a broad range of  potential
customers.

            Presently,  we typically enter into a six year bulk CO2 system lease
and CO2 supply  agreement with our customers.  Generally,  these  agreements are
classified  as one of two types:  (1) "budget  plan"  service  contracts  or (2)
"rental plus per pound charge" contracts. Under budget plan contracts, customers
pay a fixed monthly  charge for the lease of a bulk CO2 system  installed on the
customer's site and refills of bulk CO2. The bulk CO2 is included in the monthly
rental charge up to a predetermined  maximum annual volume.  This arrangement is
appealing to the customer  since we bear the initial cost of the  equipment  and
installation,  with the customer  only facing a predictable


                                       4

<PAGE>
and modest  monthly usage fee. If the maximum  annual volume of CO2 is exceeded,
the customer is charged on a per pound basis for additional  bulk CO2 delivered.
Under rental plus per pound charge contracts, we also lease a bulk CO2 system to
the customer,  but the customer is charged on a per pound basis for all bulk CO2
delivered.  Although the bulk CO2 system is typically  owned by us and leased to
the customer, some customers own their own bulk CO2 systems. Even with customers
that own their own their own bulk CO2 systems,  we seek to arrange for long-term
bulk CO2 supply contracts.

            We believe that the use of long-term  contracts provides benefits to
both us and our  customers.  Customers are able to largely  eliminate CO2 supply
interruptions  and the need to  operate  CO2  equipment  themselves,  while  the
contract adds  stability to our revenue  base. In each of fiscal 1997,  1998 and
1999,  less  than 5% of our bulk CO2  systems  in  service  experienced  service
terminatiion.  Service  termination is typically  caused by restaurant  closure.
After the expiration of the initial term of a contract,  the contract  generally
renews  unless we or the  customer  notifies  the other of intent to cancel.  To
date, our experience has been that  contracts  generally  "roll-over"  without a
significant  terminating in any one year. The largest number (approximately 40%)
of our current contracts expire in 2003.

            We also supply high pressure gases in cylinder form,  including CO2,
helium and nitrogen.  We estimate that we currently service  approximately 6,000
high pressure CO2 customers,  most of whom are very low volume users. Helium and
nitrogen are supplied  mostly to existing  customers in connection  with filling
balloons and dispensing beer, respectively.

            We have an agreement with MiCell  Technologies Inc. ("MiCell") to be
the  exclusive  supplier in the United States and Canada of bulk CO2 systems and
bulk CO2 to MiCell's  customers in the dry cleaning  industry that use the MICO2
garment cleaning fluid system technology developed and patented by MiCell. While
perchloroethylele  ("perc")  has  been  used  effectively  in the  dry  cleaning
industry for years,  there are growing concerns that perc may be a health hazard
and  tighter  controls  have been  placed  on its use.  Dry  cleaners  and other
businesses that use perc must dispose of it as hazardous waste. The MICO2 system
is an alternative to perc and uses a combination of CO2 and specialty detergents
as a cleaning solvent.  MiCell believes that the MICO2 system is environmentally
benign,  non-carcinogenic,  safe for  garments and does a better job of cleaning
than any of the alternatives. MiCell completed field testing of the MICO2 system
and began its sale in November 1998. We currently service 5 MiCell customers and
expect that number to increase if MiCell is  successful in  commercializing  the
MICO2 system. Consequently,  we may eventually have significant revenues outside
of the fountain beverage industry. Tests of the MICO2 system have indicated that
the average dry cleaner  customer will use  approximately 10 times the volume of
bulk CO2 that an average fountain beverage customer uses.

            We also have an agreement with Geotechnical Instruments,  Inc. to be
the exclusive  distributor  in the United States of  stationary  carbon  dioxide
detectors.  Escaped CO2 in an  enclosed  area  displaces  oxygen and can lead to
asphyxiation.  Our bulk CO2 systems are  typically  installed  in store rooms or
basements at a customer's site.  Municipalities have increasingly been requiring
the use of carbon dioxide detectors as a preventive measure.

Marketing and Customers

            At June 30,  1999,  we serviced  approximately  65,000 bulk and high
pressure CO2 customers,  none of which  accounted for more than 5% of our fiscal
1999 net sales.  We market our bulk CO2 products and services to large customers
such as restaurant and convenience store chains, movie theater operators,  theme
parks,  resorts  and sports  venues.  Our  customers  include  most of the major
national and regional  chains  throughout the United  States.  We approach large
chains on a corporate  or regional  level for  approval to become the  exclusive
supplier  of bulk CO2  products  and  services  on a national  basis or within a
designated territory. We then direct our sales efforts to the managers or owners
of the individual or franchised  operating units. Our  relationships  with chain
customers in one geographic  market frequently help us to establish service with
these same chains when we expand into new  markets.  After  accessing  the chain
accounts in a new market,  we attempt to rapidly  build route density by leasing
bulk CO2 systems to independent  restaurants,  convenience  stores and theaters.
While the large chains  offer  immediate  penetration  on a national or regional
basis,  the  small  operators  are  important   accounts  because  they  provide
geographic  density which optimizes  delivery  efficiency and reduces costs on a
per customer basis. The introduction of smaller bulk CO2 systems (50 and 100 lb.
capacity  vessels),  which we helped develop,  allows us to penetrate the market
for lower volume users of CO2 such as mall-based food courts,  small restaurants
and mass-market  retailers.  Our products and services are sold by a sales force
of 75 commission only independent  sales  representatives  and 33 salaried sales
personnel.

                                       5
<PAGE>

Competition

            We are the largest as well as the sole national supplier of bulk CO2
systems and bulk CO2 for carbonating and dispensing fountain beverages.  In many
of our markets, we are a leading or the dominant supplier of bulk CO2 services.

            Major restaurant and convenience store chains continue to adopt bulk
CO2  technology  and search for qualified  suppliers to install and service bulk
CO2 systems.  With the exception of us, we believe that  qualified  suppliers of
bulk CO2 services do not presently  exist in many regions of the United  States.
Unlike many of our competitors for whom bulk CO2 is a secondary service line, we
have no material  lines of business at present  other than the provision of bulk
CO2 services.  All aspects of our operations are guided by our focus on the bulk
CO2 business, including our selection of operating equipment, design of delivery
routes, location of service locations,  structure of customer contracts, content
of  employee  training  programs  and  design  of  management   information  and
accounting  systems.  By restricting the scope of our activities to the bulk CO2
business,  and largely  avoiding the dilution of  management  time and resources
that would be required by other  service  lines,  we believe that we are able to
maximize the level of service we provide to our bulk CO2 customers.

            We offer a wide range of  innovative  sales,  marketing  and billing
programs. We believe that our ability to compete depends on a number of factors,
including   price,   product  quality,   availability   and  reliability,   name
recognition,  delivery  time and  post-sale  service  and  support.  Despite the
customer-level  advantages of bulk CO2 systems over high pressure cylinders,  we
generally price our services comparably to the price of high pressure cylinders.
This has proved an effective  inducement to cause customers to convert from high
pressure cylinders to bulk CO2 systems. We believe that we enjoy cost advantages
over our competitors due to the density of our route structure,  a lower average
time and distance  traveled between stops and a lower average cost per delivery.
Each bulk CO2 system  serviced by us has a label with a toll-free  help line for
the  customer's  use.  We respond to  service  calls on a 24-hour,  7-day-a-week
basis,  and the  experience  level of our  personnel  aids in the  resolution of
equipment failures or other service interruptions,  whether or not caused by our
equipment.  Recognizing  the public  visibility of our  customers,  we carefully
maintain  the  appearance  of our  vehicles  and the  professional  image of our
employees.

            Many  types of  businesses  compete  in the  fountain  beverage  CO2
business and market share is  fragmented.  High pressure  cylinders and bulk CO2
services are most frequently provided by distributors of industrial gases. These
companies generally provide a number of products and services in addition to CO2
and often view bulk CO2 systems as high-service adjuncts to their core business.
Industrial gas distributors  generally have been reluctant to attempt to convert
their high pressure  cylinder  customers to bulk CO2 systems for several reasons
including  the capital  outlays  required  to purchase  bulk CO2 systems and the
idling of existing  high  pressure  cylinders and  associated  equipment.  Other
competitors  in the  fountain  beverage  CO2 business  include  fountain  supply
companies  and  distributors  of restaurant  supplies and  groceries  which vary
greatly in size.  There are also a number of small  companies  that provide bulk
CO2 services that operate on a local or regional geographic scope. While many of
these  suppliers  lack the  capital  necessary  to offer  bulk  CO2  systems  to
customers on lease, or to purchase  additional or replacement  specialized  bulk
CO2  trucks  and  equipment,  suppliers  vary  widely  in size  and  some of our
competitors  have  significantly  greater  financial,   technical  or  marketing
resources than we do.

                                       6

<PAGE>
Operations

            At June 30, 1999, we operated 84 service  locations  (69  stationary
depots and 15 mobile  depots)  located  throughout our 44 state service area and
operated 166 specialized  bulk CO2 trucks,  86  installation  vehicles and seven
high pressure cylinder delivery trucks.  Each specialized bulk CO2 truck refills
bulk CO2  systems  at  customers'  sites on a  regular  cycle  and CO2  delivery
quantities  are measured by flow meters  installed on the bulk CO2 trucks.  Each
stationary  depot is equipped with a storage tank (up to 40 tons) which receives
bulk CO2 from large capacity tanker trucks and from which our  specialized  bulk
CO2  trucks  are  filled  with  bulk  CO2 for  delivery  to  customers.  In most
instances,  the bulk CO2  system at a  customer's  site is  accessible  from the
outside  of the  establishment  and  delivery  of bulk CO2 does  not  cause  any
interference  with the  operations  of the  customer.  All  dispatch and billing
functions are conducted from our corporate headquarters in Stuart, Florida, with
route  drivers,  installers  and service  personnel  operating  from our service
locations.

            We have begun rolling out a new mobile information system for use in
our field  operations.  The system  utilizes a hand held device to provide field
personnel with up to date delivery route and customer  account  information  and
also serves as an input source to record all delivery  transaction  information.
At the end of the  driver's  shift,  all  delivery  transaction  information  is
transmitted electronically to our headquarters in Stuart, Florida and downloaded
into our computer  systems.  We believe that this new system will  revolutionize
our route management  system and lead to improved  efficiencies in virtually all
aspects  of  our  operations.   Anticipated   benefits  include  improved  route
efficiencies  and  monitoring  of driver  performance,  a  reduction  in courier
charges for  overnight  shipment of  delivery  tickets and in employee  hours to
manually input delivery  tickets since delivery  information will be transmitted
electronically,   virtual   elimination  of  illegible   delivery   tickets  and
consequently a reduction in billing errors and customer disputes and a reduction
in paperwork as well as telephone calls to and from the field.

Bulk CO2 Supply

            Bulk CO2 is currently a readily available commodity product which is
processed and sold by various  sources.  In May 1997, we entered into a ten year
bulk CO2 exclusive  requirements contract with The BOC Group, Inc. that provides
high quality CO2 as well as relatively  stable prices at competitive  levels. In
addition,  the  agreement  provides  that if  sufficient  quantities of bulk CO2
become  unavailable  for any reason,  we will  receive  treatment as a preferred
customer.

Bulk CO2 Systems

            We purchase new bulk CO2 systems from their two major  manufacturers
pursuant to purchase agreements and we believe that we are the largest purchaser
of bulk CO2 systems  from these  manufacturers  combined.  We purchase  bulk CO2
systems in six sizes (50,  100,  250,  300, 400 or 600 lbs.  bulk CO2  capacity)
depending on the needs of our customers.  Bulk CO2 systems are vacuum  insulated
containers with extremely high insulation  characteristics  allowing the storage
of CO2, in its liquid form, at very low  temperatures.  Bulk CO2 systems operate
under low pressure, are fully automatic, and require no electricity.  Based upon
manufacturers'  estimates,  the service life of a bulk CO2 system is expected to
exceed  20 years  with  minimal  maintenance.  We  generally  maintain  a 60 day
inventory of bulk CO2 systems to meet expected customer demand.

                                       7

<PAGE>
Employees

            At June 30, 1999, we employed 543 full-time  employees,  178 of whom
were involved in an executive, marketing or administrative capacity, 264 of whom
were route drivers and 101 of whom were in installation  functions.  We consider
our relationship with our employees to be good.

Trademarks

            We market our services using the NuCo2(R)  trademark  which has been
registered by us with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The current
registration expires in 2007.

Seasonality

            At June 30, 1999, approximately 6,000 of our bulk CO2 customers were
billed under rental plus per pound charge contracts and  approximately  9,600 of
our bulk CO2  customers  own their own bulk CO2  systems  and are  billed by the
pound for all bulk CO2  delivered.  Customers who purchase bulk CO2 by the pound
tend to consume less CO2 in the winter months and our revenues to such customers
will be correspondingly lower in times of cold or inclement weather.

Regulatory Matters

            Our business is subject to various federal, state and local laws and
regulations adopted for the protection of the environment, the health and safety
of employees and users of our products.  For example, the transportation of bulk
CO2 is  subject to  regulation  by various  federal,  state and local  agencies,
including the U.S.  Department of  Transportation.  Regulatory  authorities have
broad powers and we are subject to regulatory and  legislative  changes that can
affect the economics of the industry by requiring changes in operating practices
or by  influencing  the demand for,  and the costs of,  providing  services.  We
believe that we are in compliance  in all material  respects with all such laws,
regulations  and  standards  currently in effect and that the cost of compliance
with such laws,  regulations  and  standards has not and is not  anticipated  to
materially adversely effect us.



                                       8
<PAGE>
2.          Properties.

            Our  corporate  headquarters  are  located in a 32,400  square  foot
rented facility in Stuart, Florida that accommodates corporate,  administrative,
marketing,  sales and  warehouse  space.  At June 30,  1999,  we also  rented 69
stationary service locations  throughout 44 states.  These facilities are rented
on terms  consistent with market  conditions  prevailing in the area. We believe
that our  existing  facilities  are  suitable  for our  current  needs  and that
additional or replacement  facilities,  if needed,  are available to meet future
needs.

3.          Legal Proceedings.

            We are  involved  from  time to time in  litigation  arising  in the
ordinary  course  of  business,  none of which is  expected  to have a  material
adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

4.          Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

            Not applicable.

5.          Market  For  Registrant's  Common  Equity  and  Related  Stockholder
            Matters.

            Our common  stock  trades on the Nasdaq  National  Market  under the
symbol "NUCO".

            The  following  table  indicates  the  range  of  high  and  low bid
information  for our common stock for each  quarterly  period during fiscal 1998
and 1999, as reported by Nasdaq. Such over-the-counter market quotations reflect
inter-dealer prices,  without retail mark-up,  mark-down or commission,  and may
not necessarily reflect actual transactions.

Calendar 1997               High                    Low
Third Quarter              18 1/4                 14 3/8
Fourth Quarter             16 1/8                 10 1/4

Calendar 1998
First Quarter              13 3/4                 10 1/2
Second Quarter             13 1/4                  9 7/8
Third Quarter              10 3/8                  5 1/2
Fourth Quarter              8 1/2                  5

Calendar 1999
First Quarter               9 7/8                  6 1/8
Second Quarter              9 5/8                  5 1/4

            At June 30, 1999, there were  approximately 219 holders of record of
our common  stock.  This  number  does not  include an  indeterminate  number of
shareholders whose shares are held by brokers in "street name."

             We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and we do not
anticipate  declaring any cash dividends on our common stock in the  foreseeable
future.  We intend to retain all future  earnings for use in the  development of
our  business.  In  addition,  the payment of cash  dividends is  restricted  by
financial covenants in our loan agreements.

            On May 4, 1999,  in  connection  with and in  consideration  for the
purchase of $10.0 million of our 12% Senior  Subordinated  Promissory  Notes due
2005 by an existing holder of our 12% Senior  Subordinated  Promissory Notes due
2004 and an affiliate of SunTrust Bank, South Florida, National Association,  we
issued  warrants to purchase  372,892  shares of our Common Stock at an exercise
price of $6.65 per share in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 4(2)
of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended.  No discounts or  commissions  were
paid.

6.           Selected Financial Data.

             The Selected  Financial Data set forth below reflect our historical
results of  operations,  financial  condition and operating data for the periods
indicated  and should be read in  conjunction  with the  consolidated  financial
statements  and notes  thereto  and  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition and Results of Operations  included  elsewhere in this Form
10-K.

                                       9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
                                                               1999              1998           1997             1996       1995
                                                               ----              ----           ----             ----       ----
                                                     (in thousands, except per share amounts and Operating Data)
Income Statement Data:
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>           <C>
Net Sales..........................................     $    47,098       $    35,077       $  18,944         $ 11,966      $ 6,062
Cost of products sold..............................          25,225            18,578           8,992            5,177        2,503
Selling, general and administrative expenses.......          10,554             9,396           5,859            3,066        1,448
Depreciation and amortization......................          12,763             8,912           4,246            2,417        1,380
                                                        -----------       -----------       ---------         --------      -------

Operating income (loss)............................          (1,444)           (1,809)           (153)           1,305          731
Interest expense, net..............................           7,489             3,639            (681)           1,258        1,264
                                                        -----------       -----------       ----------        --------      -------



Income (loss) before extraordinary item............          (8,933)           (5,448)            527               47        (533)
Extraordinary item.................................            -                  187              -               860          -
                                                        -----------       -----------       ---------         --------      -------

Net income (loss)                                            (8,933)           (5,635)            527             (813)       (533)

Dividends on Preferred Stock.......................            -                 -                 -              (111)         -
                                                        -----------       -----------       ---------         --------      -------

Net income (loss)..................................     $    (8,933)      $    (5,635)      $     527         $   (924)     $ (533)
                                                        ===========       ============      =========         =========     =======

Income (loss) per common share before
     extraordinary item............................     $     (1.24)      $     (0.75)      $     .07         $   (.02)     $ (.17)
Extraordinary item.................................            -                (0.03)            -               (.19)         -
                                                        ------------      -----------       ---------         --------      -------
Net income (loss) per common share                      $     (1.24)      $     (0.78)      $     .07         $   (.21)     $ (.17)

Weighted average shares outstanding................           7,217             7,210           7,318            4,500       3,379

Other Data:
EBITDA (1).........................................     $    11,319       $     7,103       $   4,093         $  3,722      $2,111

Operating Data:
Company owned bulk CO2 systems serviced:
     Beginning of period...........................          39,295            21,919          12,884            7,967       4,237
     New installations, net........................          11,100             9,446           5,817            3,337       1,703
     Acquisitions                                              -                7,930           3,218            1,580       2,027
                                                        -----------       -----------       ---------         --------      -------
Total Company owned bulk CO2 systems serviced:               50,395            39,295          21,919           12,884       7,967
Customer owned bulk CO2 systems serviced...........           8,605             6,800           4,800            2,900       2,300
                                                        -----------       -----------       ---------         --------      -------

Total bulk CO2 systems serviced....................          59,000            46,095          26,719           15,784      10,267
Total high pressure CO2 customers..................           6,000             9,000           2,000              400         200
                                                        -----------       -----------       ---------         --------      -------
Total customers....................................          65,000            55,095          28,719           16,184      10,467
Stationary depots..................................              69                63              38               24          15
Mobile depots......................................              15                 2               0                0           0
Bulk CO2 trucks....................................             166               150              83               49          30
Installation vehicles..............................              86                76              36               19          18
High pressure cylinder delivery trucks.............               7                17               1                1           1


Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents..........................     $     1,579       $       337       $  11,673         $ 43,001     $   562
Total assets.......................................         141,630           124,498          73,344           74,633      21,143
Total debt (including short-term debt).............          82,460            59,328           9,546           10,844      17,391
Total shareholders' equity.........................     $    47,733       $    55,643       $  60,702         $ 60,684     $   743
</TABLE>


                                       10
<PAGE>

- --------------------
(1)     EBITDA  represents  operating income plus depreciation and amortization.
        Information  regarding EBITDA is presented because of its use by certain
        investors as one measure of an issuer's  ability to generate  cash flow.
        EBITDA should not be considered an  alternative  to, or more  meaningful
        than,  operating  income or cash flows from  operating  activities as an
        indicator of an issuer's operating performance.

7.      Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
        of Operations.

            THIS MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. OUR ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED
IN THESE  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS.  FACTORS THAT MAY CAUSE SUCH  DIFFERENCES
INCLUDE,  BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, OUR EXPANSION  INTO NEW MARKETS,  COMPETITION,
TECHNOLOGICAL   ADVANCES,  YEAR  2000  ISSUES  AND  AVAILABILITY  OF  MANAGERIAL
PERSONNEL.

Overview

            We are the largest supplier in the United States of bulk CO2 systems
and bulk CO2 for carbonating  and dispensing  fountain  beverages.  We currently
operate a  national  network  of 84  service  locations  in 44 states  servicing
approximately  65,000  bulk and high  pressure  customers.  Over 97% of fountain
beverage users in the  Continental  United States are within our current service
area.

            Growth in our customer  base has averaged  78%  annually.  Our rapid
growth  has  been  due  to  a  combination  of  internal   growth  and  over  30
acquisitions.  Today,  the majority of our growth is driven by the conversion of
high  pressure  CO2 users to bulk CO2  systems.  Our success in  conversions  is
demonstrated in the Florida market where we continue to rapidly add new bulk CO2
system installations, even after actively marketing in the state since 1990.

            Substantially  all of our revenues have been derived from the rental
of bulk CO2 systems  installed  at  customers'  sites,  the sale of CO2 and high
pressure cylinder revenues.  Revenues have grown from $812,000 in fiscal 1991 to
$47.1  million in fiscal 1999, an average  increase of 68% annually.  We believe
that our revenue base is stable due to the existence of long-term contracts with
our customers which generally  roll-over without a significant  portion expiring
without  renewal in any one year.  In each of fiscal 1997,  1998 and 1999,  less
than 5% of our bulk CO2  systems in  service  experienced  service  termination.
Service termination is typically caused by restaurant closure. Affected bulk CO2
systems are either  removed and  reconditioned,  or left in place when prospects
for a new  restaurant  at the same location  appear  likely.  Revenue  growth is
largely dependent on both (1) the rate of new bulk CO2 system  installations and
(2) the growth in bulk CO2 sales at (i)  customers  on the rental plus per pound
charge contracts and (ii) customers that own their own bulk CO2 systems.  During
fiscal 1999, we installed a net of 925 bulk CO2 systems monthly.

            Cost of  products  sold is  comprised  of  purchased  CO2 and labor,
vehicle and service  location costs  associated with the storage and delivery of
CO2 to  customers.  Selling  general  and  administrative  expenses  consist  of
salaries,  dispatch  and  communications  costs,  and expenses  associated  with
marketing, administration, accounting and employee training. Consistent with the
capital intensive nature of our business, we incur significant  depreciation and
amortization expenses. These stem from the depreciation of our bulk CO2 systems;
depreciation   and   amortization  of  bulk  CO2  system   installation   costs;
amortization  of sales  commissions;  and  amortization  of  goodwill,  deferred
financing costs and other intangible assets.

            With respect to bulk CO2 systems,  we only capitalize costs that are
associated  with specific  successful  placements of such systems with customers
under  noncancelable  contracts  and  which  would  not be  incurred  but  for a
successful placement. All other service,  marketing and administrative costs are
expended as incurred.

            Since 1990,  we have  devoted  significant  resources  to building a
sales and marketing organization, adding administrative personnel and developing
a  national  infrastructure  to  support  the rapid  growth in the number of our
installed  base  of bulk  CO2  systems.  The  cost  of  this  expansion  and the
significant  depreciation  expense of our  installed  network  have  resulted in
significant operating losses to date and accumulated net losses of $17.1 million
at June 30, 1999.

                                       11
<PAGE>
            We believe that our future revenue growth, gains in gross margin and
profitability  will  be  dependent  upon  increases  in  route  density  and the
expansion and penetration of bulk CO2 system  installations  in existing and new
market regions resulting from successful ongoing marketing.

             Our  experience  has been that gross  margins at service  locations
have generally increased with the length of time that the service location is in
operation.  Gross margins in our mature  markets are generally in the 55% to 65%
range.  For the  quarter  ended June 30,  1999,  36% of our  stationary  service
locations were open over three years and averaged a 58% gross margin, 19% of our
stationary  service locations were open between two and three years and averaged
a 54% gross margin,  42% of our stationary  service  locations were open between
one and two  years and  averaged  a 35% gross  margin  and 3% of our  stationary
service  locations  were open under one year and  averaged  a 39% gross  margin.
Additionally,  we operate 15 mobile service  locations with an average 43% gross
margin for the quarter  ended June 30,  1999.  New service  locations  typically
operate at low or negative  gross  margins in the early  stages and detract from
our highly profitable  service  locations in mature markets.  Increases in gross
margins at service  locations are directly related to increases in the number of
customers serviced. New accounts are being added to newer depots for which there
is substantial excess capacity, and therefore, relatively little additional cost
is  incurred to service  new  customers.  New  multi-unit  placement  agreements
combined with  single-unit  placements  will help us in achieving route density.
During fiscal 1999, we reached multi-unit placement agreements with national and
regional  chains  aggregating  approximately  7,000  locations.  Our  success in
reaching  these  multi-placement  agreements  is due  in  part  to our  national
delivery  system.  As our  customer  base  increases,  we  anticipate  that  our
financial performance on a sequential basis will improve at an accelerated rate.
Our route density is highest in Florida and is less developed in the other areas
where we presently have operations.

            We  believe  that  optimal  route  density is  achieved  at over 400
accounts  serviced per bulk CO2 truck and we  typically  employ  targeted  sales
efforts to build density within an existing  delivery  route. We maintain a "hub
and spoke" route structure and establish additional  stationary bulk CO2 service
locations as a service area expands through  geographic  growth.  Our entry into
many states was accomplished  largely through business  acquisitions with thinly
developed route networks. We expect to benefit from route efficiencies and other
economies  of scale as we  build  our  customer  base in  these  states  through
intensive marketing  initiatives.  Greater scale may also lead to better vehicle
and fixed asset utilization as well as the ability to spread fixed marketing and
administrative costs over a broader revenue base.

            We believe that earnings before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation and
amortization ("EBITDA") is the principal financial measure by which we should be
measured as we continue to achieve  national  market presence and to build route
density.  Our revolving  credit facility  utilizes EBITDA for its calculation of
financial  leverage,  affecting  the amount of funds  available to us to borrow.
Information  regarding  EBITDA  is  presented  because  of its  use  by  certain
investors  as one  measure of a  corporation's  ability to  generate  cash flow.
EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to, or more  meaningful  than,
operating  income or cash flows from  operating  activities as an indicator of a
corporation's operating performance.  EBITDA excludes significant costs of doing
business and should not be considered in isolation  from GAAP  measures.  EBITDA
has grown  from  $15,000 in fiscal  1991 to $11.3  million  in fiscal  1999,  an
average increase of 72% annually from fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1999.

                                       12
<PAGE>
Results of Operations
            The  following  table sets  forth,  for the periods  indicated,  the
percentage relationship which the various items bear to net sales:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
                                                          1999                1998               1997
                                                          ----                ----               ----
Income Statement Data:
<S>                                                       <C>                 <C>               <C>
Net sales.........................................        100.0%              100.0%            100.0%
Cost of products sold.............................         53.6                53.0              47.5
Selling, general and administrative expenses......         22.4                26.8              30.9
Depreciation and amortization.....................         27.1                25.4              22.4
                                                        -------           ---------           -------
Operating loss....................................         (3.1)               (5.2)              (.8)
Interest expense (income).........................         15.9                10.4              (3.6)
                                                        -------           ----------          --------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item...........        (19.0)              (15.6)              2.8
Extraordinary item................................          -                    .5                -
                                                        -------           ---------             ------
Net income (loss).................................        (19.0%)             (16.1%)             2.8%
                                                        ========          ==========            ======
Other Data:
   EBITDA.........................................         24.0%               20.3%             21.6%
                                                        ========          ===========           ======
</TABLE>

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1999 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1998

            Net Sales

            Net sales increased $12.0 million,  or 34.3%,  from $35.1 million in
fiscal 1998 to $47.1  million in fiscal 1999.  Approximately  $3.6  million,  or
30.2%, of the increase  represented net sales from fifteen  acquisitions  during
fiscal 1998 which are  included  for the full year in fiscal 1999 as compared to
from their dates of acquisition in fiscal 1998. The remainder of the increase in
net sales was  primarily  due to internal  growth in the number of Company owned
and  customer  owned bulk CO2 systems  serviced.  At June 30,  1999,  there were
approximately  50,400 Company owned and 8,600 customer owned bulk CO2 systems in
service,  an increase of 12,900, or 28%, over the  approximately  39,300 Company
owned and 6,800  customer owned bulk CO2 systems in service at the end of fiscal
1998. Increases in net sales due to price increase were insignificant.

            Cost of Products Sold

            Cost of products  sold  increased by $6.6  million,  or 35.8%,  from
$18.6 million in fiscal 1998 to $25.2 million in fiscal 1999, and increased as a
percentage  of net sales from 53.0% in fiscal 1998 to 53.6% in fiscal 1999.  The
dollar increase is attributable to our continued growth. The percentage increase
is largely  attributable to an increase in bulk CO2 purchases as a percentage of
net sales.  Bulk CO2  purchases  increased  by $2.1 million from $4.2 million in
fiscal 1998 to $6.3 million in fiscal 1999 and  increased as a percentage of net
sales from 12.1% to 13.4%.  Fully loaded route drivers increased by $2.0 million
from $6.2 million in fiscal 1998 to $8.2 million in fiscal 1999 and decreased as
a percentage of net sales from 17.7% to 17.5%.  Auto and truck expense increased
by $1.0  million from $3.2 million in fiscal 1998 to $4.2 million in fiscal 1999
and  decreased as a  percentage  of net sales from 9.2% to 9.0%.  Depot  expense
increased by $476,000 from $1.7 million in fiscal 1998 to $2.2 million in fiscal
1999 and decreased as a percentage of net sales from 4.9% to 4.7%.

            Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

            Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  by $1.2
million,  or 12.3%,  from $9.4 million in fiscal 1998 to $10.6 million in fiscal
1999,  and  decreased as a percentage  of net sales from 26.8% in fiscal 1998 to
22.4% in fiscal 1999. The dollar increase is primarily attributable to growth in
the  number of  marketing  and  administrative  personnel  and their  associated
expenses.  The percentage  decrease is attributable to economies of scale. Fully
loaded  marketing,  administrative  and  executive  personnel  increased by $1.1
million from $5.6  million in fiscal 1998 to $6.7  million in fiscal  1999,  and
decreased  as a  percentage  of net sales from 16.1% in fiscal  1998 to 14.2% in
fiscal 1999. At June 30, 1999,  we had  operations in 44 states and employed 178
marketing,  administrative  and  executive

                                       13
<PAGE>

personnel,  and at the end of fiscal 1998,  we had  operations  in 43 states and
employed 146 marketing, administrative and executive personnel.

            Depreciation and Amortization

            Depreciation  and  amortization  increased by $3.9 million from $8.9
million in fiscal 1998 to $12.8  million in fiscal 1999.  As a percentage of net
sales, such expense increased from 25.4% in fiscal 1998 to 27.1% in fiscal 1999.
Depreciation  expense increased by $2.7 million from $6.0 million in fiscal 1998
to $8.7  million in fiscal  1999  principally  due to the  increase  in bulk CO2
systems leased to customers. As a percentage of net sales,  depreciation expense
increased  from  17.2% in  fiscal  1998 to 18.6% in  fiscal  1999.  Amortization
expense  increased  by $1.2  million  from $2.9  million in fiscal  1998 to $4.0
million in fiscal 1999 primarily due to the increase in amortization of deferred
lease  acquisition  costs,  deferred  charges and goodwill  and  customer  lists
resulting from acquisitions.  As a percentage of net sales, amortization expense
increased from 8.2% in fiscal 1998 to 8.5% in fiscal 1999.

            Operating Loss

            For  the  reasons  described  above,  operating  loss  decreased  by
$365,000,  or 20.2%,  from $1.8 million in fiscal 1998 to $1.4 million in fiscal
1999,  and  decreased as a  percentage  of net sales from 5.2% in fiscal 1998 to
3.1% in fiscal 1999.

            Interest Expense

            Net interest expense  increased by $3.9 million from $3.6 million in
fiscal 1998 to $7.5 million in fiscal 1999, and increased as a percentage of net
sales  from  10.4% in fiscal  1998 to 15.9% in fiscal  1999.  This  increase  is
attributable to the increased level of long-term and subordinated debt in fiscal
1999 as compared to fiscal 1998.

            During fiscal 1998, $187,000 of deferred financing costs relating to
our prior credit facility was written off.

            Net Loss

            For the reasons described above, net loss increased by $3.3 million,
or 58.5%,  from $5.6 million in fiscal 1998 to $8.9  million in fiscal 1999.  No
provision  for income tax expense in either  fiscal 1998 or fiscal 1999 has been
made due to historical  net losses.  At June 30, 1999, we had net operating loss
carryforwards  for  federal  income tax  purposes  of $45.6  million,  which are
available to offset future federal taxable income through 2014.

            EBITDA

            For the reasons described above,  EBITDA increased from $7.1 million
in fiscal 1998 to $11.3  million in fiscal 1999,  or 59.3%,  and  increased as a
percentage of net sales from 20.3% to 24.0%.

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1998 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1997


            Net Sales

            Net sales increased $16.1 million,  or 85.2%,  from $18.9 million in
fiscal 1997 to $35.1 million in fiscal 1998.  Approximately  $6.1 million of the
increase  represented net sales resulting from 15 acquisitions during the fiscal
year  ended  June 30,  1998.  In  addition,  approximately  $2.9  million of the
increase  represented net sales from nine acquisitions  during fiscal 1997 which
are included for the full year in fiscal 1998 as compared to from their dates of
acquisition in fiscal 1997. At June 30, 1998,  there were  approximately  39,300
Company  owned  bulk  systems  in  service,  an  increase  of  17,400  over  the
approximately  21,900 Company owned bulk systems in service at the end of fiscal
1997.  Of such  increase,  approximately  7,900  resulted from  acquisitions  of
businesses  completed  during fiscal 1998 and the remaining  9,500 resulted from
internal marketing  efforts.  Increases in net sales due to price increases were
insignificant.


                                       14
<PAGE>
            Cost of Products Sold

            Cost of products  sold  increased by $9.6 million,  or 106.6%,  from
$9.0 million in fiscal 1997 to $18.6 million in fiscal 1998,  and increased as a
percentage of net sales from 47.5% in fiscal 1997 to 53.0% in fiscal 1998.  This
increase was  attributable to our expansion into new  territories.  Fully loaded
route drivers increased by $3.2 million from $3.0 million in fiscal 1997 to $6.2
million in fiscal 1998, and increased as a percentage of net sales from 16.0% to
17.7%.  The  number of depots we  operated  at June 30,  1998  increased  to 65,
compared to 38 at June 30,  1997.  Depot  expense  increased  by  $956,000  from
$775,000 in fiscal  1997 to $1.7  million in fiscal  1998,  and  increased  as a
percentage of net sales from 4.1% to 4.9%.  Auto and truck expense  increased by
$1.7 million from $1.5 million in fiscal 1997 to $3.2 million in fiscal 1998 and
increased  as a  percentage  of net sales  from  8.2% to 9.2%.  When we open new
depots and expand into new markets,  higher costs  expressed as a percentage  of
net sales are incurred  until route  density is achieved.  We typically  service
approximately  350  customers  per delivery  vehicle in mature  markets.  In new
territories, a delivery vehicle can initially service as few as 100 customers.

            Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

            Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  by $3.5
million,  or 60.4%,  from $5.9  million in fiscal 1997 to $9.4 million in fiscal
1998,  and  decreased as a percentage  of net sales from 30.9% in fiscal 1997 to
26.8% in fiscal 1998. The dollar  increase was primarily  attributable to growth
in the number of marketing and  administrative  personnel  and their  associated
expenses,  as well as the costs of expanding  our  geographic  areas of service.
Fully loaded marketing, administrative and executive personnel increased by $2.4
million from $3.2  million in fiscal 1997 to $5.6  million in fiscal  1998,  and
decreased  as a  percentage  of net sales from 16.9% in fiscal  1997 to 16.1% in
fiscal 1998. The percentage  decrease is  attributable to economies of scale. At
June 30, 1997, we had  operations in 30 states and at the end of fiscal 1998, we
had operations in 43 states.

            Depreciation and Amortization

            Depreciation  and  amortization  increased by $4.7 million from $4.2
million in fiscal 1997 to $8.9  million in fiscal 1998.  As a percentage  of net
sales, such expense increased from 22.4% in fiscal 1997 to 25.4% in fiscal 1998.
Depreciation  expense increased by $2.9 million from $3.1 million in fiscal 1997
to $6.0  million in fiscal  1998  principally  due to the  increase  in bulk CO2
systems leased to customers. As a percentage of net sales,  depreciation expense
increased  from  16.5% in  fiscal  1997 to 17.2% in  fiscal  1998.  Amortization
expense  increased  by $1.8  million  from $1.1  million in fiscal  1997 to $2.9
million in fiscal 1998 primarily due to the increase in amortization of deferred
lease   acquisition  costs  and  goodwill  and  customer  lists  resulting  from
acquisitions.  As a percentage of net sales, amortization expense increased from
5.9% in fiscal 1997 to 8.2% in fiscal 1998.

            Operating Loss

            For the reasons  described  above,  operating loss increased by $1.7
million,  from  $153,000  in fiscal  1997 to $1.8  million in fiscal  1998,  and
increased  as a  percentage  of net sales  from  0.8% in fiscal  1997 to 5.2% in
fiscal 1999.

            Interest Expense

            Net  interest  income in fiscal  1997 was  $681,000  compared to net
interest expense in fiscal 1998 of $3.6 million.  This change is attributable to
the decreased  level of cash and cash  equivalents  and the  increased  level of
long-term and subordinated debt in fiscal 1998 as compared to fiscal 1997.

            During fiscal 1998, $187,000 of deferred financing costs relating to
our prior credit facility was written off.

            Net Income/Loss

            For the  reasons  described  above,  net  income in fiscal  1997 was
$527,000 compared to a net loss of $5.6 million in fiscal 1998. No provision for
income tax  expense in either  fiscal  1997 or fiscal  1998 has been made due to
historical net losses. At June 30, 1998, we had net operating loss carryforwards
for federal income tax purposes of $26.2 million,  which are available to offset
future federal taxable income through 2013.


                                       15
<PAGE>
            EBITDA

            For the reasons described above,  EBITDA increased from $4.1 million
in fiscal 1997 to $7.1  million in fiscal  1998,  or 73.6%,  but  decreased as a
percentage of net sales from 21.6% to 20.3%.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

            Our  cash   requirements   consist   principally   of  (1)   capital
expenditures  associated  with  purchasing and placing new bulk CO2 systems into
service  at  customers'   sites;   (2)  payments  of  interest  on   outstanding
indebtedness;  and (3) working capital. Whenever possible, we seek to obtain the
use of vehicles,  land, buildings,  and other office and service equipment under
operating  leases as a means of  conserving  capital.  As of June 30,  1999,  we
anticipated making cash capital  expenditures of at least $20.0 million to $40.0
million  during each of fiscal 2000 and fiscal 2001,  primarily for purchases of
bulk CO2 systems that we expect to place into service. Once bulk CO2 systems are
placed into service,  we generally  experience positive cash flows on a per-unit
basis,  as there  are  minimal  additional  capital  expenditures  required  for
ordinary  operations.  In addition to capital  expenditures  related to internal
growth, we review opportunities to acquire bulk CO2 service businesses,  and may
require  cash  in an  amount  dictated  by the  scale  and  terms  of  any  such
transactions successfully concluded.

            During fiscal 1999, our capital  resources  included cash flows from
operations,  available borrowing capacity under our credit facility and proceeds
from the sale of our 12%  Senior  Subordinated  Promissory  Notes  due 2005 (the
"2005 Notes").

             On May 4,  1999,  we  entered  into a  $75.0  million  amended  and
restated  revolving  credit  facility  with a syndicate of banks led by SunTrust
Bank, South Florida,  National Association  ("Amended SunTrust  Facility").  The
Amended  SunTrust  Facility  contains  interest rates and an unused facility fee
based on a pricing grid calculated quarterly on senior funded debt to annualized
EBITDA.  We are  entitled  to select  the Base Rate or  LIBOR,  plus  applicable
margin,  for  principal  drawings  under  the  Amended  SunTrust  Facility.  The
applicable  LIBOR margin pursuant to the pricing grid ranges from 1.75% to 3.5%,
the  applicable  unused  facility  fee  pursuant to the pricing grid ranges from
 .375% to .50% and the applicable  Base Rate margin  pursuant to the pricing grid
ranges  from 0.25% to 2.00%.  Interest  only is payable  periodically  until the
expiration  of the Amended  SunTrust  Facility.  The Amended  SunTrust  Facility
expires May 4, 2002,  however,  it contains a two year renewal option subject to
approval. Additionally, it is collateralized by substantially all of our assets.
Drawings  pursuant to the Amended SunTrust  Facility are limited to availability
under a formula  predicated  upon  multiples of EBITDA.  We are  precluded  from
declaring  or  paying  any  cash  dividends  and are  required  to meet  certain
affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including  but not limited to  financial
covenants.  At  various  dates in the past we have been  unable to meet  certain
covenants  and have had to obtain  waivers  or  modifications  of terms from our
lenders.  Although  we believe  that we will be able to comply  with the current
provisions of our borrowing arrangements, circumstances may result in our having
to obtain  waivers or further  modifications  in the future.  We believe that we
have an excellent relationship with our lenders.

             Simultaneously  with the Amended SunTrust  Facility,  we sold $10.0
million of our 2005 Notes.  Except for their October 31, 2005 maturity date, the
2005 Notes are substantially identical to our 12% Senior Subordinated Promissory
Notes due 2004 (the "2004  Notes").  The 2005  Notes  were sold with  detachable
6-1/2 year  warrants to purchase an  aggregate  of 372,892  shares of our Common
Stock at an exercise price of $6.65 per stock unit. In connection  with the sale
of the 2005 Notes,  certain financial covenants governing the 2004 Notes and the
2005 Notes were adjusted as of March 31, 1999 and prospectively and the exercise
price for 612,023  warrants issued in connection with the sale of the 2004 Notes
was  reduced  from  $12.40  per  share to $6.65 per  stock  unit.  Additionally,
effective May 4, 1999,  the interest rate on the original $30.0 million of Notes
increased to 14% per annum and will continue at 14% per annum during any quarter
during which certain financial ratios are not met.

            As of June 30, 1999, a total of $43.3 million was outstanding  under
the Amended SunTrust  Facility with interest at three hundred fifty basis points
above the 180-day London  InterBank  Offering Rate ("LIBOR")  (8.88% at June 30,
1999).

            Working  Capital.  At June 30, 1998, we had negative working capital
of $3.1 million. At June 30, 1999, we had negative working capital of $455,000.

                                       16
<PAGE>
            Cash Flows from Operating Activities.  During fiscal 1998 and fiscal
1999,  net cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was $7.4  million and $4.2
million,  respectively.  Cash flows from operating  activities decreased by $3.2
million  during fiscal 1999 compared to fiscal 1998 primarily due to an increase
in net loss and a decrease in the change in accounts payable. Net loss increased
by $3.3 million from $5.6 million in fiscal 1998 to $8.9 million in fiscal 1999.
The  increase in accounts  payable in fiscal 1998 was $4.5 million and in fiscal
1999 was $105,000.

            Cash Flows from Investing Activities.  During fiscal 1999 and fiscal
1998,  we made net capital  expenditures  of $24.0  million  and $23.5  million,
respectively,  primarily  for  purchases of new bulk CO2 systems and  associated
installation  and direct  placement  costs. In addition,  during fiscal 1998, we
made 15 acquisitions and expended cash of $12.4 million.

            Cash Flows from Financing Activities.  During fiscal 1999 and fiscal
1998,  net cash  provided by financing  activities  was $22.7  million and $18.6
million,  respectively.  For fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998, cash flows provided by
financing  activities were primarily from the issuance of subordinated  debt and
borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

            We  believe  that  cash  from  operating  activities  and  available
borrowings  under the  Amended  SunTrust  Facility  will be  sufficient  to fund
proposed  operations for at least the next 12 months at our anticipated  rate of
growth.

Year 2000

            We have  conducted a review to identify  which of our  computer  and
other business operating systems will be affected by the "Year 2000" problem and
have  developed  a project  plan and  schedule  to solve this  issue.  Among the
functions  and systems  impacted  could be  inventory  and  accounting  systems,
dispatch and delivery  systems,  electronic  data  interchange,  and  mechanical
systems  operating  everything  from office building  environmental  controls to
telephone switches and fax machines. We believe that the costs of modifications,
upgrades,  or replacements  of software,  hardware,  or capital  equipment which
would not be incurred but for Year 2000 compatibility  requirements have not and
will  not have a  material  impact  on our  financial  position  or  results  of
operations.

            We are also engaged in communications with our significant  business
partners,  suppliers  and  customers  to  determine  the  extent to which we are
vulnerable to such third parties' failure to address their own Year 2000 issues.
Our  assessment of the impact of Year 2000 issues  includes an assessment of our
vulnerability  to  such  third  parties.  We are  seeking  assurances  from  our
significant  business  partners,  suppliers  and customers  that their  computer
applications  will not fail due to Year 2000 problems.  Nevertheless,  we do not
control,  and can give no  assurances as to the substance or success of the Year
2000 compliance  efforts of such  independent  third parties and we believe that
there is a risk that  certain of these third  parties on whom our  finances  and
operations  depend will  experience  Year 2000  problems  that could  affect our
financial  position or results of operations.  These risks include,  but are not
limited to, the potential  inability of suppliers to correctly or timely provide
necessary services,  materials and components for our operations;  the inability
of our customers to timely or correctly  process and pay our  invoices;  and the
inability  of lenders,  lessors or other  sources of our  necessary  capital and
liquidity to make funds available to us when required.

            Because we are unaware of any material Year 2000 compliance  issues,
we lack a Year  2000-specific  contingency  plan. If Year 2000 compliance issues
are  discovered,  we will  evaluate the need for one or more  contingency  plans
relating to such issues.  If we are unable to develop and implement  appropriate
contingency  plans, as needed,  in a timely manner, we may experience delays in,
or increased costs  associated  with,  implementation  of changes to address any
such issues, which could have material adverse effect on our business, operating
results or financial condition.

Inflation

            The modest  levels of  inflation  in the  general  economy  have not
affected  our  results  of  operations.  Additionally,  our  customer  contracts
generally  provide  for annual  increases  in the  monthly  rental rate based on
increases in the consumer price index. We believe that inflation will not have a
material adverse effect on our future results of operations.

                                       17
<PAGE>

            Our bulk CO2 requirements contract with The BOC Group, Inc. provides
for annual  adjustments  in the purchase price for bulk CO2 based upon increases
or decreases in the Producer Price Index for Chemical and Allied Products or the
average percentage increase in the selling price of bulk merchant carbon dioxide
purchased  by BOC's  large,  multi-location  beverage  customers  in the  United
States, however, such increases are limited to 3% annually until June 2002.

7A.         Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

            As  discussed  under   "Management's   Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources"
above, as of June 30, 1999, a total of $43.3 million was  outstanding  under the
Amended  SunTrust  Facility  with  interest at three  hundred fifty basis points
above the 180 day LIBOR rate (8.88% at June 30, 1999).  Based upon $43.3 million
outstanding  under the Amended  SunTrust  Facility at June 30, 1999,  our annual
interest cost under the Amended SunTrust Facility would increase by $433,000 for
each one percent increase in LIBOR (i.e., from 8.0% to 9.0%).

            In  order  to  reduce  our  exposure  to  increases  in  LIBOR,  and
consequently to increases in interest payments,  on June 9, 1998 we entered into
an interest rate swap transaction (the "Swap") with SunTrust Bank,  Atlanta,  in
the amount of $10.0 million (the "Notional  Amount").  The effective date of the
Swap is September 2, 1998 and it  terminates  on September 5, 2000.  Pursuant to
the Swap, we pay a fixed interest rate of 6% per annum and receive a LIBOR-based
floating  rate.  The effect of the Swap is to neutralize any changes in LIBOR on
the Notional  Amount.  If LIBOR decreases below 6% during the period the Swap is
in effect,  interest  payments by us on the Notional Amount will be greater than
if we had not  entered  into the  Swap,  since by  exchanging  LIBOR for a fixed
interest  rate,  we would not benefit from falling  interest  rates on LIBOR,  a
variable interest rate. We do not enter into speculative derivative transactions
or leveraged swap transactions.

8.          Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

            See page F-1.

9.          Changes in and  Disagreements  With  Accountants  on Accounting  and
            Financial Disclosure.

            Not applicable.

10.         Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

            The information  required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to
our  definitive  proxy  statement to be filed with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission no later than October 28, 1999 pursuant to Regulation 14A.

11.         Executive Compensation.

            The information  required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference to
our  definitive  proxy  statement to be filed with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission no later than October 28, 1999 pursuant to Regulation 14A.

12.         Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

            The information  required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference to
our  definitive  proxy  statement to be filed with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission no later than October 28, 1999 pursuant to Regulation 14A.

13.         Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

            The information  required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference to
our  definitive  proxy  statement to be filed with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission no later than October 28, 1999 pursuant to Regulation 14A.


                                       18
<PAGE>

Item 14.       Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K.

            (a)         The  following  documents  are  filed  as  part  of this
                        report:

            (1)         Financial statements.

                        See Index to Financial  Statements which appears on page
                        F-1 herein.

            (2)         Financial Statement Schedules

                                    II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

            (3)         Exhibits:


                                       19
<PAGE>
            Exhibit No.         Exhibit
            -----------         -------

            **3.1       --      Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation
                                of the Company.

            *****3.2    --      Articles  of   Amendment   to  the  Articles  of
                                Incorporation of the Company, dated December 18,
                                1995.

            *****3.3    --      Articles  of   Amendment   to  the  Articles  of
                                Incorporation of the Company, dated December 17,
                                1996.

            **3.4       --      Bylaws of the Company.

            *****10.1   --      1995 Stock Option Plan.

            **10.2      --      Directors' Stock Option Plan.

            **10.3      --      Noncompetition Agreement between the Company and
                                Edward M. Sellian, dated November 30, 1995.

            **10.4      --      Lease for 2528 North Tamiami  Trail,  Ft. Myers,
                                Florida,  between  the  Company  and  Edward  M.
                                Sellian.

            ***10.5     --      Lease for 2800 Southeast  Market Place,  Stuart,
                                Florida   between  the  Company  and  Edward  M.
                                Sellian.

            *****10.6   --      Lease for 2820 Southeast  Market Place,  Stuart,
                                Florida   between  the  Company  and  Edward  M.
                                Sellian dated as of February 1, 1998.

            ****10.7    --      Employment  agreement  between  the  Company and
                                Joann Sabatino, dated October 16, 1996.

            *10.8       --      Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement,
                                dated  as of  May  4,  1999  by  and  among  the
                                Company,  SunTrust Bank, South Florida, National
                                Association,    Bank    Austria    Creditanstalt
                                Corporate Finance,  Inc., The Provident Bank and
                                Bank Leumi  Le-Israel  B.M. (the  "Lenders") and
                                SunTrust   Bank,    South   Florida,    National
                                Association,  as  agent  for  the  Lenders  (the
                                "Agent").

            *10.9       --      First  Amendment to Amended and Restated  Credit
                                Agreement dated as of June 16, 1999 by and among
                                the Company, the Lenders and the Agent.

            *****10.10  --      Senior  Subordinated  Note  Purchase  Agreement,
                                dated  as  of  October  31,  1997   between  the
                                Company,  the  Subsidiary   Guarantors  and  the
                                Investors.

            *****10.11  --      Amendment  No.  1 to  Senior  Subordinated  Note
                                Purchase Agreement dated as of November 14, 1997
                                between the Company,  the Subsidiary  Guarantors
                                and the Investors.

            *****10.12  --      Amendment  No.  2 to  Senior  Subordinated  Note
                                Purchase  Agreement  dated as of June  30,  1998
                                between the Company,  the Subsidiary  Guarantors
                                and the Investors.

            *10.13      --      Amendment  No.  3 to  Senior  Subordinated  Note
                                Purchase  Agreement  dated  as of  May  4,  1999
                                between the Company,  the Subsidiary  Guarantors
                                and the Investors.

            *****10.14  --      Warrant  Agreement  dated as of October 31, 1997
                                among the Company and the Initial Holders.


                                       20
<PAGE>
            *****10.15  --      Amendment No. 1 to Warrant Agreement dated as of
                                November 14,  1997,  between the Company and the
                                Initial Holders.

            *10.16      --      Amendment No. 2 to Warrant Agreement dated as of
                                May 4, 1999 between the Company and the Holders.

            *****21     --      Subsidiaries

            *23         --      Consent  of  Margolin,  Winer & Evens LLP to the
                                incorporation  by  reference  to  the  Company's
                                Registration   Statement   on  Form   S-8   (No.
                                333-06705) of the independent  auditors'  report
                                included herein.

            *27         --      Financial Data Schedule.

            (b)         Reports on Form 8-K

            The Company  filed a Form 8-K dated May 4, 1999  reporting an Item 5
event.

- ---------------------------
*           Included herein.
**          Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on
            Form SB-2, filed with the Commission on November 7, 1995 (Commission
            File No. 33-99078), as amended.
***         Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on
            Form SB-2,  filed with the  Commission  on June 7, 1996  (Commission
            File No. 333-3352).
****        Incorporated  by  reference  to the  Company's  Form  10-KSB for the
            fiscal year ended June 30, 1997.
*****       Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal
            year ended June 30, 1998.


                                       21
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

            Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  the Registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                                NUCO2 INC.

Dated:  September 28, 1999                      /s/ Edward M. Sellian
                                                ------------------------
                                                Edward M. Sellian,
                                                Chairman   of  the  Board  and
                                                Chief Executive Officer

            Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   Signature                         Title                Date
   ---------                         -----                ----


   /s/ Craig L. Burr                Director             September 28, 1999
   ------------------------
   Craig L. Burr


   /s/ Robert L. Frome              Director             September 28,1999
   ------------------------
   Robert L. Frome


   /s/ John A. Kerney               Director             September 28, 1999
   ------------------------
   John A. Kerney


   /s/ Robert Ranieri               Director             September 28, 1999
   ------------------------
   Robert Ranieri


   /s/ Daniel Raynor                Director             September 28, 1999
   ------------------------
   Daniel Raynor


   /s/ Edward M. Sellian            Director             September 28, 1999
   ------------------------
   Edward M. Sellian


   /s/ Joann Sabatino               Chief Financial      September 28, 1999
   ------------------------         Officer
   Joann Sabatino


                                       22
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                                        Page No.

                                   NuCo2 Inc.

Report of Independent Auditors ...........................................F-2

Consolidated Financial Statements:

        Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1998 and 1999..........F-3

        Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal
            Years Ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999......................F-4

        Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the
            Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999...............F-5

        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal
            Years Ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999......................F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................F-8

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Fiscal
        Years Ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999..........................F-19


                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
NuCo2 Inc.
Stuart, Florida

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NuCo2 Inc. as of
June 30, 1998 and 1999, and the related  consolidated  statements of operations,
shareholders'  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended June 30,  1999.  We have also  audited the  financial  statement  schedule
listed in the accompanying  index.  These financial  statements and schedule are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the consolidated  financial position of NuCo2
Inc.  as of June  30,  1998  and  1999,  and  the  consolidated  results  of its
operations  and its cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended
June 30, 1999 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also,
in our opinion,  the related  financial  statement  schedule when  considered in
relation to the basic financial statement taken as a whole,  presents fairly, in
all material respects, the information set forth herein.


                                                     MARGOLIN, WINER & EVENS LLP


Garden City, New York
August 20, 1999

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                               ASSETS
                                                              (NOTE 5)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                June 30,
                                                                                                --------
                                                                                        1998*           1999
                                                                                     -----------    ------------
Current assets:
<S>                                                                                <C>              <C>
    Cash and cash equivalents                                                      $     336,510    $   1,579,191
    Trade accounts receivable; net of allowance for doubtful
        accounts of $395,491 and $557,592, respectively                                4,285,158        6,767,716
    Inventories                                                                          211,027          213,605
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                            434,784          593,487
                                                                                   -------------    -------------
        Total current assets                                                           5,267,479        9,153,999
                                                                                   -------------    -------------

Property and equipment, net (Note 3)                                                  85,435,933       99,664,890
                                                                                   -------------    -------------

Other assets:
    Goodwill, net                                                                     22,891,846       21,645,293
    Deferred charges, net                                                              2,004,259        2,915,167
    Customer lists, net                                                                3,963,588        2,897,638
    Restrictive covenants, net                                                         2,275,964        1,928,700
    Deferred lease acquisition costs, net                                              2,475,139        3,236,919
    Deposits                                                                             184,059          187,595
                                                                                   -------------    -------------
                                                                                      33,794,855       32,811,312
                                                                                   -------------    -------------
                                                                                   $ 124,498,267    $ 141,630,201
                                                                                   =============    =============


                                                 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
    Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 5)                                  $     139,251    $      96,748
    Accounts payable                                                                   6,596,722        6,701,695
    Accrued expenses                                                                     323,254          747,631
    Accrued interest                                                                     844,153        1,473,704
    Accrued payroll                                                                      476,458          543,924
    Other current liabilities                                                              7,179           45,570
                                                                                   -------------    -------------
        Total current liabilities                                                      8,387,017        9,609,272

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities (Note 5)                                 29,460,614       43,615,025
Subordinated debt (Note 6)                                                            29,728,571       38,748,695
Customer deposits                                                                      1,279,178        1,924,528
                                                                                   -------------    -------------
        Total Liabilities                                                             68,855,380       93,897,520
                                                                                   -------------    -------------

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

Shareholders' equity (Note 7):
    Preferred Stock; no par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized;
        none issued                                                                         --               --
    Common Stock; par value $.001 per share; 30,000,000 shares authorized;
        issued and outstanding 7,216,664 shares at June 30, 1998 and 1999                  7,217            7,217
    Additional paid-in capital                                                        63,809,014       64,831,748
    Accumulated deficit                                                               (8,173,344)     (17,106,284)
                                                                                   -------------    -------------
        Total shareholders' equity                                                    55,642,887       47,732,681
                                                                                   -------------    -------------
                                                                                   $ 124,498,267    $ 141,630,201
                                                                                   =============    =============
</TABLE>

*Restated to conform to current year's classifications

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            Years Ended June 30,
                                                                   1997            1998            1999
                                                                   ----            ----            ----

<S>                                                            <C>             <C>             <C>
Net sales                                                      $ 18,943,569    $ 35,077,361    $ 47,097,670
                                                               ------------    ------------    ------------

Costs and expenses:
    Cost of products sold                                         8,991,823      18,578,063      25,224,746
    Selling, general and administrative expenses                  5,858,934       9,396,003      10,554,146
    Depreciation and amortization                                 4,246,035       8,912,124      12,762,707
                                                               ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                 19,096,792      36,886,190      48,541,599
                                                               ------------    ------------    ------------

    Operating  (loss)                                              (153,223)     (1,808,829)     (1,443,929)

Other expenses (income):
    Interest expense                                                884,627       3,809,138       7,524,966
    Interest (income)                                            (1,565,289)       (170,160)        (35,955)
                                                               ------------    ------------    ------------

    Income (loss) before extraordinary item                         527,439      (5,447,807)     (8,932,940)
                                                               ------------    ------------    ------------

Extraordinary item - loss on extinguishment of debt (Note 5)           --           186,945            --
                                                               ------------    ------------    ------------

    Net income (loss)                                          $    527,439    $ (5,634,752)   $ (8,932,940)
                                                               ============    ============    ============



Basic and Diluted EPS

    Income (loss) before extraordinary item                    $       0.07    $      (0.75)   $      (1.24)

    Extraordinary item                                                 --             (0.03)           --
                                                               ------------    ------------    ------------

    Net income (loss)                                          $       0.07    $      (0.78)   $      (1.24)
                                                               ============    ============    ============

    Weighted average number of common and common
      equivalent shares outstanding

          Basic                                                   7,164,924       7,210,350       7,216,664
                                                               ============    ============    ============

          Diluted                                                 7,317,926       7,210,350       7,216,664
                                                               ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              Total
                                                  Common Stock            Additional     Accumulated      Shareholders'
                                               Shares       Amount    Paid-In Capital     Deficit             Equity
                                               ------       ------    ---------------     -------             ------

<S>                                          <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance,  June 30, 1996                      7,129,467   $      7,129   $ 63,743,312    $ (3,066,031)   $ 60,684,410
Issuance of 34,289 share's of
    common stock  - exercise of options         34,289             34        152,319            --           152,353
Redemption of warrant                             --             --       (1,143,450)           --        (1,143,450)
Additional expense - secondary
    offering                                      --             --          (59,100)           --           (59,100)
Issuance of 33,962 shares of common
    stock - asset acquisition                   33,962             35        539,962            --           539,997
Net income                                        --             --             --           527,439         527,439
                                          ------------   ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------
Balance, June 30, 1997                       7,197,718          7,198     63,233,043      (2,538,592)     60,701,649
Issuance of 18,835 shares of common
    stock - asset acquisition                   18,835             19        274,972            --           274,991
Issuance of 111 shares of common
    stock - exercise of options                    111           --              999            --               999
Issuance of warrants                              --             --          300,000            --           300,000
Net (loss)                                        --             --             --        (5,634,752)     (5,634,752)
                                          ------------   ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------
Balance , June 30, 1998                      7,216,664          7,217     63,809,014      (8,173,344)     55,642,887
Issuance and repricing of warrants                --             --        1,022,734            --         1,022,734
Net (loss)                                        --             --             --        (8,932,940)     (8,932,940)
                                          ------------   ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------
Balance, June 30, 1999                       7,216,664   $      7,217   $ 64,831,748    $(17,106,284)   $ 47,732,681
                                          ============   ============   ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               Years Ended June 30,
                                                                               --------------------
                                                                         1997            1998*           1999
                                                                         ----            -----           ----

<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>
Income (loss) before extraordinary item                             $    527,439    $ (5,447,807)   $ (8,932,940)
Extraordinary item - loss on extinguishment of debt                         --          (186,945)           --
                                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------

Net income (loss)                                                        527,439      (5,634,752)     (8,932,940)
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Adjustments to reconcile  net income (loss) to net
       cash provided by operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment      3,130,022       6,045,652       8,743,134
          Amortization of other assets                                 1,116,013       2,866,471       4,019,574
          Loss on disposal of property and equipment                     294,411         499,704       1,109,738
          Write-off of deferred financing costs                             --           186,945            --
          Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
          Decrease (increase) in:
              Trade accounts receivable                                 (735,238)     (2,017,485)     (2,482,558)
              Inventories                                                (33,176)       (115,968)         (2,578)
              Prepaid expenses and other current assets                  108,090        (157,926)       (158,703)
          Increase (decrease) in:
              Accounts payable                                          (712,747)      4,542,532         104,973
              Accrued expenses                                           363,361        (395,794)        424,377
              Accrued payroll                                            (93,592)        243,989          67,466
              Accrued interest                                           193,800         824,585         629,551
              Other current liabilities                                  (50,830)        (41,061)         38,391
              Customer deposits                                          236,392         591,296         645,350
                                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------

              Net cash provided by operating activities                4,343,945       7,438,188       4,205,775
                                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment                    2,133,776         410,868         104,173
   Purchase of property and equipment                                (16,945,522)    (23,456,104)    (24,048,318)
   Acquisition of businesses                                         (17,692,662)    (12,406,907)         45,460
   Increase in deferred lease acquisition costs                         (914,999)     (1,805,874)     (1,717,579)
   (Increase) decrease in deposits                                       160,500         (79,661)         (3,536)
                                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------

              Net cash used in investing activities                 $(33,258,907)   $(37,337,678)   $(25,619,800)
                                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------
</TABLE>


* Restated to conform to current year's classifications.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                   (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                Years Ended June 30,
                                                                                --------------------
                                                                         1997            1998           1999
                                                                         ----            ----           ----

Cash flows from financing activities:
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>
   Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock                           $    (59,100)   $       --      $       --
   Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
      and subordinated debt                                                 --        21,610,820      24,292,857
   Repayment of long-term debt                                        (1,309,704)       (831,409)       (138,092)
   Increase in deferred charges                                          (53,307)     (2,216,916)     (1,498,059)
   Exercise of warrants and options                                      152,353             999            --
   Redemption of warrant                                              (1,143,450)           --              --
                                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------

              Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     (2,413,208)     18,563,494      22,656,706
                                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                     (31,328,170)    (11,335,996)      1,242,681
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                          43,000,676      11,672,506         336,510
                                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                              $ 11,672,506    $    336,510    $  1,579,191
                                                                    ============    ============    ============

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
      Cash paid during the year for:

      Interest                                                      $    903,729    $  2,966,659    $  6,870,822
                                                                    ============    ============    ============

      Income taxes                                                  $       --      $       --      $       --
                                                                    ============    ============    ============

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and
      financing activities:
   Acquisition of businesses:
      Fair value of assets acquired                                 $  1,098,718    $ 26,426,234    $       --

      Cost in excess of net assets of businesses acquired                244,000      16,256,879            --

      Liabilities assumed or incurred                                    (56,250)    (30,001,215)           --

      Issuance of Common Stock                                          (539,996)       (274,991)           --
                                                                    ------------    ------------    ------------

             Cash paid                                              $    746,472    $ 12,406,907    $       --
                                                                    ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>

      In 1997, the Company  purchased  equipment and incurred debt in the amount
of $11,604.

      In 1998,  the Company  wrote-off a  restrictive  covenant  and the related
liability in the amount of $19,231 due to the employee resigning.

      In 1998,  the Company  repaid  long-term debt in the amount of $20,782,995
with the proceeds of the issuance of subordinated debt. In connection therewith,
detachable  warrants  were issued and original  issue  discount in the amount of
$300,000 was recorded.

      In 1999,  the Company  repaid  long-term  debt in the amount of $5,000,000
with the proceeds of the issuance of subordinated debt. In connection therewith,
detachable  warrants  were issued and original  issue  discount in the amount of
$549,032 was recorded.  Additionally,  in  connection  with the repricing of the
Company's 2004  warrants,  original issue discount in the amount of $473,702 was
recorded.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 1  - Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

           (a)     Basis of Presentation

           The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of NuCo2
Inc. and its wholly-owned  subsidiary,  NuCo2 Acquisition Corp. which was formed
during  the year ended June 30,  1998 to  acquire  the stock of Koch  Compressed
Gases,  Inc. (see Note 2). All material  intercompany  accounts and transactions
have been eliminated.

           (b)     Description of Business

           The Company is a supplier of bulk CO2 dispensing systems to customers
in the food, beverage, lodging and recreational industries in the United States.

           (c)     Cash and Cash Equivalents

           The Company  considers all highly liquid debt  instruments  purchased
with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

           (d)     Inventories

           Inventories,  consisting  primarily of carbon dioxide gas, are stated
at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined  by the first-in,  first-out
method.

           (e)     Property and Equipment

           Property  and  equipment  are stated at cost.  The  Company  does not
depreciate bulk systems held for  installation  until the systems are in service
and leased to customers.  Upon  installation,  the systems,  component parts and
direct costs  associated  with the  installation  are  transferred to the leased
equipment account. These costs are associated with successful placements of such
systems with  customers  under  noncancelable  contracts  and which would not be
incurred by the  Company  but for a  successful  placement.  Upon early  service
termination,  the  unamortized  portion  of  direct  costs  associated  with the
installation are charged to cost of products sold. Depreciation and amortization
is computed using the  straight-line  method over the estimated  useful lives of
the respective assets or the lease terms for leasehold  improvements,  whichever
is shorter.

               The depreciable lives of property and equipment are as follows:

                                                            Estimated Life
                   Leased equipment                         5-20 years
                   Equipment and cylinders                  3-20 years
                   Vehicles                                 3-5 years
                   Computer equipment                       3-7 years
                   Office furniture and fixtures            5-7 years
                   Leasehold improvements                   lease term


                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 1 -   Description  of  Business  and  Summary  of  Significant   Accounting
           Policies - (continued)

               (f)      Other Assets

               Goodwill, Net

               Goodwill,  net,  represents  costs in  excess  of net  assets  of
businesses  acquired and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over twenty
years.  Accumulated  amortization  of goodwill was  $1,370,779 and $2,582,372 at
June 30, 1998 and 1999,  respectively.  The Company  periodically  assesses  the
recoverability  of the cost of its goodwill,  as well as of its other intangible
assets,  based on a review of projected  undiscounted  cash flows of the related
operating  assets.  These cash flows are prepared and reviewed by  management in
connection with the Company's annual long range planning process.

               Deferred Charges, Net

               Deferred  charges,  net,  consist of the  unamortized  portion of
financing  costs  which  are  being  amortized  over  the  term  of the  related
indebtedness,   ranging  from  thirty-six  to  eighty-four  months.  Accumulated
amortization  of deferred  charges was $417,646 and  $1,004,797 at June 30, 1998
and 1999,  respectively.  Included in the consolidated  statements of operations
for the year  ended  June 30,  1998 are  extraordinary  write-offs  of  deferred
financing fees in connection with the reduction of certain indebtedness.

               Customer Lists, Net

               Customer  lists,  net,  consist  of the  unamortized  portion  of
customer lists acquired in connection  with asset  acquisitions  which are being
amortized  over five years,  the average  life of customer  leases.  Accumulated
amortization  of customer  lists was  $1,380,411 and $2,435,861 at June 30, 1998
and 1999, respectively. The Company's policy is to value customer lists based on
the estimated value of future cash flows over the life of the customer lease.

               Restrictive Covenants, Net

               Restrictive  covenants,  net, consist of covenants not to compete
arising in connection  with asset  acquisitions  which are being  amortized over
their  contractual  lives ranging from thirty to one hundred and twenty  months.
Accumulated  amortization of restrictive  covenants was $353,993 and $701,257 at
June  30,  1998  and  1999,  respectively.  The  Company's  policy  is to  value
restrictive  covenants  based  on  the  negotiated   contractual  value  of  the
restrictive covenant or a third party appraisal.

               Deferred Lease Acquisition Costs, Net

               Deferred lease  acquisition  costs,  net,  consist of commissions
associated  with the  acquisition of new leases and are being amortized over the
life of the related leases,  generally five years.  Accumulated  amortization of
deferred lease  acquisition costs was $1,197,756 and $1,932,060 at June 30, 1998
and 1999, respectively.  Upon early service termination, the unamortized portion
of  deferred  lease  acquisition  costs are  charged  to  selling,  general  and
administrative expenses.

               (g) Revenue Recognition

               The Company  earns its  revenues  from the leasing of CO2 systems
and related gas sales. The Company,  as lessor,  recognizes revenue from leasing
of CO2 systems on a straight-line basis over the life of the related leases. The
majority  of CO2  system  leases  generally  include  payments  for  leasing  of
equipment and a continuous  supply of CO2 until usage  reaches a  pre-determined
maximum  annual  level,  beyond which the  customer  pays for CO2 on a per pound
basis. Other CO2 and gas sales are recorded upon delivery to the customer.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 -   Description  of  Business  and  Summary  of  Significant   Accounting
           Policies - (continued)

               (h) Income Taxes

               Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  under  Financial   Accounting
Standards  Board Statement No. 109,  Accounting for Income Taxes.  Statement No.
109 requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected
future tax  consequences  of events  that have been  included  in the  financial
statements  or  tax  returns.  Under  this  method,   deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities  are  determined  based  on the  difference  between  the  financial
statement  and tax bases of assets and  liabilities  using  enacted tax rates in
effect for the year in which the  differences  are  expected to  reverse.  Under
Statement No. 109, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change
in tax rates is  recognized  in income in the period that includes the enactment
date.

               (i)      Net Income or Loss Per Common Share

               Net income or loss per common share is  presented  in  accordance
with SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings  per Share."  Basic  earnings per common share are
computed using the weighted average number of common shares  outstanding  during
the period. Diluted earnings per common share incorporate the incremental shares
issuable  upon the assumed  exercise of stock options and warrants to the extent
they are not anti-dilutive.


               (j)      Use Of Estimates

               The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

               (k) Employee Benefit Plan

               On June 1, 1996, the Company adopted a deferred compensation plan
under  Section  401(K) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code which covers all eligible
employees.  Under the  provisions  of the plan,  eligible  employees may defer a
percentage of their compensation subject to the Internal Revenue Service limits.
Contributions to the plan are made only by employees.

Note 2 -   Acquisitions

               In August 1996,  the Company  acquired the bulk CO2 operations of
two  affiliated  companies  operating  in  Ohio,  Kentucky  and  Indiana  for an
aggregate purchase of approximately $1,350,000.  The Company paid cash for these
transactions.

               In March  1997,  the  Company  acquired  certain  assets of three
unrelated  companies  operating  in Texas  for an  aggregate  purchase  price of
approximately $2,875,000. The Company paid cash for these transactions.

               In April  1997,  the  Company  acquired  certain  assets of Texas
Oxygen,  Inc./Texas CO2, Inc. for an aggregate  purchase price of  approximately
$3,925,000. The Company paid cash for these transactions.

               In May  1997,  the  Company  acquired  certain  assets  from  two
companies,  City Carbonic  Company,  Inc., and the BOC Group, Inc. City Carbonic
Company, Inc. operating in Oklahoma, Kansas, Texas and Arkansas, sold assets for
an aggregate  purchase price of approximately  $3,290,000.  The BOC Group,  Inc.
beverage bulk CO2 operations  were located in  Massachusetts,  Pennsylvania  and
Tennessee and were  acquired for an aggregate  purchase  price of  approximately
$5,233,000. The Company paid cash for these transactions.

               In June 1997, the Company  acquired  certain assets of a business
operating  in Georgia  for a purchase  price of  $1,350,000.  The  Company  paid
approximately  $750,000 cash, incurred  liabilities of $60,000 and issued 33,962
shares of Common Stock at market, for a value of $540,000.


                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 2 -       Acquisitions (continued)


               Effective July 15, 1997, the Company purchased  substantially all
of the assets of a bulk CO2 company  operating in Colorado for a purchase  price
of  $675,000.  The  purchase  price was  funded  through a  borrowing  under the
Company's credit facility.

               Effective  July 31, 1997,  the Company  purchased  certain assets
from CC  Acquisition  Corp.  (Carbo  Co.)  for an  aggregate  purchase  price of
$11,000,000.  Carbo Co. had  operations  in Nebraska,  Kansas,  Oklahoma,  Iowa,
Missouri,  Arkansas and South Dakota.  The Company funded  $5,000,000  through a
borrowing under its credit facility and paid cash for the balance.

               In September 1997, the Company purchased certain assets of a bulk
CO2 company  with  operations  in Arizona  for an  aggregate  purchase  price of
$1,084,250.  The Company funded $1,075,000  through a borrowing under its credit
facility and paid cash for the balance.

               Effective October 1, 1997, a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary
of the  Company  purchased  all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock of Koch Compressed Gases, Inc. ("Koch") for an aggregate purchase price of
approximately $5,000,000.  Koch operated a bulk CO2 business as well as provided
carbon  dioxide  and  other  gases in  high-pressure  cylinders  throughout  the
tri-state New York  metropolitan  area.  The purchase price was funded through a
borrowing under the Company's credit facility.

               In November 1997, the Company purchased  substantially all of the
assets  of a bulk  CO2  company  operating  in  Texas  for a  purchase  price of
$949,240.  The Company paid  $674,249  cash and issued  18,835  shares of Common
Stock at market, for a value of $274,991.

               Effective  December 2, 1997, the Company purchased certain assets
from four related carbonic gas  distributors,  Miller Carbonic Systems Co. Inc.,
Miller  Carbonic,  Inc.,  Carbonic  National  Systems,  Inc.,  and  Carbonic Gas
Service, Inc., operating primarily in Illinois,  Indiana, Wisconsin and Michigan
for an aggregate  purchase price of $11,150,000.  The Company paid approximately
$4,650,000  cash and funded  $6,500,000  through a borrowing under the Company's
SunTrust Facility (see Note 5).

               Effective  December 2, 1997, the Company purchased certain assets
of a bulk  CO2  company  with  operations  in  Kansas  for a  purchase  price of
approximately  $990,000. The purchase price was funded through a borrowing under
the Company's SunTrust Facility (see Note 5).

               Effective January 23, 1998, the Company  purchased  substantially
all of the assets of a bulk CO2 company  operating in California  for a purchase
price of $4,500,000. The purchase price was funded through a borrowing under the
Company's SunTrust Facility (see Note 5).

               Effective  March 2, 1998,  the Company  purchased  certain assets
from Florida Carbonic Distributor, Inc., a carbonic gas distributor operating in
Florida  for a  purchase  price of  $6,300,000.  The  purchase  price was funded
through a borrowing under the Company's SunTrust Facility (see Note 5).

               In March,  1998, the Company  purchased certain assets from three
unrelated  carbonic gas distributors with operations in Texas, Maine and Alabama
for an aggregate  purchase  price of  $406,000.  The Company paid cash for these
transactions.

               The Company did not consumate any acquisitions  during the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1999.

               These  acquisitions  were accounted for by the purchase method of
accounting  and,  accordingly,  the  purchase  prices  and  direct  costs of the
acquisitions have been allocated to the respective assets and liabilities of the
acquired  companies based upon their estimated fair market values at the date of
acquisition.   This  resulted  in  goodwill  of  approximately   $4,732,000  and
$16,257,000 in the two years ended June 30, 1998,  respectively,  which is being
amortized on a straight-line  basis over twenty years. The results of operations
of the acquired companies are included in the Company's  consolidated  financial
statements since the effective date of the acquisitions.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 -   Acquisitions (continued)

               The  following  summarized,   unaudited,  pro  forma  results  of
operations  assume  that the  acquisitions  described  above  occurred as of the
beginning of the earliest year presented:

                                                        Year Ended June 30,
                                                        -------------------
                                                     1997              1998
                                                     ----              ----

Net sales                                      $  33,104,161       $ 39,078,542
(Loss) before extraordinary item                  (1,751,557)        (6,133,862)
Net (loss)                                        (1,751,557)        (6,320,807)
Net (loss) per common share                            (0.24)             (0.88)


Note 3 -   Property and Equipment, Net

           Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

                                                         June 30,
                                                         --------
                                                   1998              1999
                                                   ----              ----
           Leased equipment                  $ 77,378,765       $  95,925,286
           Equipment and cylinders             12,126,813          13,939,944
           Systems held for installation        3,925,539           5,150,513
           Vehicles                               622,092             448,363
           Computer equipment                   1,516,153           2,062,704
           Office furniture and fixtures          997,142           1,216,246
           Leasehold improvements               1,039,442           1,484,856
           Construction in progress               221,999                --
                                             ------------      --------------
- -                                              97,827,945         120,227,912
           Less accumulated depreciation
           and amortization                    12,392,012          20,563,022
                                             ------------     ---------------

                                             $ 85,435,933       $  99,664,890
                                             ============     ===============

               Capitalized  component  parts and direct  costs  associated  with
installation  of equipment  leased to others  included in leased  equipment  was
$12,429,913 and $19,417,952 at June 30, 1998 and 1999, respectively. Accumulated
depreciation  and  amortization of these costs were $3,525,574 and $6,332,121 at
June 30, 1998 and 1999, respectively.

               Depreciation  and  amortization  of property  and  equipment  was
$3,130,022,  $6,045,652 and $8,743,134 for the years ended June 30, 1997,  1998,
and 1999, respectively.

Note 4 -   Leases

               The Company leases equipment to its customers  generally pursuant
to  five-year  noncancelable  operating  leases  which  expire on varying  dates
through June 2005. At June 30, 1999,  future minimum  rentals due from customers
which includes,  where  applicable,  a continuous supply of CO2 (see Note 1(g)),
are approximately as follows:

                     Year Ending June 30,

                     2000                       $   31,935,000
                     2001                           28,932,000
                     2002                           24,973,000
                     2003                           17,226,000
                     2004                            9,064,000
                     Thereafter                      5,295,000
                                                --------------
                                                $  117,425,000
                                                ==============

                                      F-12

<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 5 -   Long-Term Debt

               Long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              June 30,
                                                                                         1998            1999
<S>                                                                                  <C>              <C>
Note payable to bank under credit  facility.  Drawings at June 30, 1999 are at
     LIBOR rates plus 3.5% (8.8831%). Drawings at June 30, 1998 are at 6 month
     LIBOR rates plus 2.25%. (7.875% to 8.00%) (a)                                   $ 29,000,000     $ 43,250,000
Note payable  assumed in connection  with the acquisition of the stock of Koch
     of $388,082, principal and interest (9%) payments of $4,413 through April
     2003 and $5,405 from May 2003 through April 2008.                                    375,741          355,788
Various notes payable                                                                     224,124          105,985
                                                                                     ------------     ------------
                                                                                       29,599,865       43,711,773
Less current maturities of long-term debt                                                 139,251           96,748
                                                                                     ------------     ------------
     Long-term debt, excluding current maturities                                    $ 29,460,614     $ 43,615,025
                                                                                     ============     ============
</TABLE>



               (a) On May 4, 1999,  the  Company  entered  into a $75.0  million
amended and restated  revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks led by
SunTrust Bank, South Florida,  N.A. ("Amended SunTrust  Facility").  The Amended
SunTrust  Facility  amended and restated the  Company's  existing  $50.0 million
syndicated  facility which had been entered into in October 1997. As of June 30,
1999,  $31.75  million is available  under the Amended  SunTrust  Facility.  The
Amended  SunTrust  Facility  contains  interest rates and an unused facility fee
based on a pricing grid calculated quarterly on senior funded debt to annualized
EBITDA (as  defined).  The Company is entitled to select the Base Rate or LIBOR,
plus  applicable  margin,  for  principal  drawings  under the Amended  SunTrust
Facility.  The applicable  LIBOR margin pursuant to the pricing grid ranges from
1.75% to 3.5%. The applicable  unused  facility fee pursuant to the pricing grid
ranges  from  .375% to .50%.  Interest  only is payable  periodically  until the
expiration of the Amended SunTrust Facility on May 4, 2002; there is, however, a
two year renewal option subject to approval.  The Amended  SunTrust  Facility is
collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Company is
precluded  from  declaring or paying any cash  dividends and is required to meet
certain  affirmative  and  negative  covenants  including,  but not  limited to,
financial  covenants.  Pursuant to the Amended SunTrust  Facility,  drawings are
limited to availability under a formula predicated upon multiples of EBITDA.

               On June 9, 1998,  the Company  entered into an interest rate swap
transaction  (the "Swap") with SunTrust  Bank,  Atlanta,  in the amount of $10.0
million (the "Notional Amount").  The effective date of the Swap is September 2,
1998 and terminates on September 5, 2000. Pursuant to the Swap, the Company pays
a fixed interest rate of 6% per annum and receives a LIBOR-based floating rate.

               The aggregate  maturities of long-term  debt for each of the five
years subsequent to June 30, 1999 are as follows:

                       Year Ending June 30,
                                   2000                     $         96,748
                                   2001                               33,495
                                   2002                           43,286,638
                                   2003                               40,073
                                   2004                               43,826
                                   Thereafter                        210,993
                                                            ----------------
                                                            $     43,711,773
                                                            ================
Extraordinary item - loss on extinguishment of debt

                During the year ended June 30,  1998,  the  Company  incurred an
extraordinary charge of $186,945,  for the write-off of deferred financing costs
in connection with the early repayment of debt.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 -    Subordinated Debt

                In October  1997,  the Company  issued $30.0  million of its 12%
Senior  Subordinated  Promissory  Notes  ("Notes")  with  interest  only payable
semi-annually  on April 30 and October 31, due October 31, 2004.  The Notes were
sold with  detachable  seven year  warrants to purchase an  aggregate of 655,738
shares of the Company's  Common Stock at an exercise  price of $16.40 per share.
The  effective  rate of the Notes is 12.1% per annum after giving  effect to the
amortization  of the original  issue  discount.  The Company is required to meet
certain affirmative and negative covenants. Additionally, NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities,  Inc.,  the  placement  agent,  received  a warrant to  purchase  an
aggregate of 30,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of
$14.64 per share which expires on October 31, 2004.

                On May 4, 1999, the Company sold an additional  $10.0 million of
its 12% Senior Subordinated  Promissory Notes ("Additional  Notes").  Except for
their October 31, 2005 maturity  date, the  Additional  Notes are  substantially
identical to the Notes  described  above.  The  Additional  Notes were sold with
detachable  6-1/2 year  warrants to purchase an aggregate  of 372,892  shares of
Common Stock at an exercise  price of $6.65 per share.  In  connection  with the
sale of the Additional Notes,  certain financial  covenants  governing the Notes
and the  Additional  Notes were adjusted as of March 31, 1999 and  prospectively
and the exercise price of 612,023 of the warrants  issued in connection with the
sale of the Notes was  reduced to $6.65 per  share.  The  effective  rate of the
Additional  Notes is 13.57% per annum after giving effect to the amortization of
the original issue discount.  Additionally,  effective May 4, 1999, the interest
rate on the original  $30.0 million of Notes  increased to 14% and will continue
at 14% during any quarter which certain financial ratios are not met.

Note 7  -   Shareholders' Equity

                (a)      Non-Qualified Stock Options and Warrants

                In June 1995, the Company granted a ten year warrant to purchase
84,917 shares of Common Stock at $5.00 per share to the  Company's  then current
lending  institution in connection  with a refinancing.  As of June 30, 1999 the
warrant is  outstanding.

                In June 1995,  the Company  granted  options to purchase  67,934
shares of Common Stock at $4.40 per share to certain officers and employees.  In
June and July 1996,  these options were exercised.  Proceeds to the Company from
the exercise of these stock options in fiscal 1997 aggregated $149,455.

                In connection  with the  Company's  Initial  Public  Offering in
December 1995, representatives of the Underwriters received warrants to purchase
up to an  aggregate  of  110,000  shares  of Common  Stock.  Such  warrants  are
exercisable  for a period of five  years,  at an  exercise  price of $10.80  per
share.  In July 1996, the Company  redeemed and canceled a warrant issued to one
of the  representatives  of the underwriters to purchase 77,000 shares of Common
Stock for $1,143,450.  This amount  represented the approximate  market value of
such warrant on the date of redemption.

                In May 1997, the Company granted a warrant to purchase 1,000,000
shares of Common Stock to BOC pursuant to the supply  agreement  (see Note 13c).
The warrant is exercisable  from May 1, 1999 to May 1, 2002 at an exercise price
of $17 per share and from May 1, 2002 until April 30, 2007 at an exercise  price
of $20 per share.

                (b)      Stock Option Plans

                The board of  directors  adopted the 1995 Option Plan (the "1995
Plan").  Under the 1995 Plan, the Company has reserved  850,000 shares of Common
Stock for  employees of the Company.  Under the terms of the 1995 Plan,  options
granted may be either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options, or
both. The exercise price of incentive options shall be at least equal to 100% of
the fair market  value of the  Company's  Common Stock at the date of the grant,
and the exercise  price of  non-qualified  stock options issued to employees may
not be less than 75% of the fair market value of the  Company's  Common Stock at
the date of the grant.  The maximum  term for all  options is 10 years.  Options
granted to date vest in three to five installments over periods of three to four
and  one-half  years.  As of June 30,  1997,  1998 and 1999,  options for 41,437
shares,  105,900 shares and 277,307 shares are  exercisable,  respectively.  The
weighted-average  fair value per share of options granted during the years ended
June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999 were $2.93,  $2.81 and $2.20,  respectively.  As of
June 30, 1999, the weighted-average remaining life of the options was 6.9 years.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 7  -   Shareholders' Equity (continued)


        The following  table  summarizes the  transactions  pursuant to the 1995
Plan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             Weighted-Average
                                                 Shares       Exercise Price  Exercise Price
                                                 ------       --------------  --------------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>            <C>
        Outstanding at June 30, 1996            130,651          $9-$17.50      $13.88
        Granted                                 222,500             $11.25      $11.25
        Expired or canceled                       6,225           $9-11.25       $9.31
        Exercised                                   322                 $9          $9
                                                -------      -------------    --------
        Outstanding at June 30, 1997            346,604          $9-$17.50      $12.28
        Granted                                 341,500      $10.25-$11.28      $10.43
        Expired or canceled                      77,067          $9-$17.50      $17.29
        Exercised                                   111                 $9          $9
                                                -------      -------------    --------
        Outstanding at June 30, 1998            610,926          $9-$11.28      $10.61
        Granted                                 214,500           $5.50-$7       $5.74
        Expired or canceled                      21,200          $9-$11.25      $10.40
                                                -------      -------------    --------
        Outstanding at June 30, 1999            804,226       $5.50-$11.28       $9.32
                                                =======      =============    ========
</TABLE>

        The board of  directors  of the  Company  adopted the  Directors'  Stock
Option  Plan  (the   "Directors'   Plan").   Under  the  Directors'  Plan,  each
non-employee  director will receive  options for 6,000 shares of Common Stock on
the date of his or her first election to the board of directors. In addition, on
the third  anniversary of each  director's  first election to the Board,  and on
each three year anniversary thereafter,  each non-employee director will receive
an  additional  option to purchase  6,000 shares of Common  Stock.  The exercise
price per share for all options  granted under the Directors' Plan will be equal
to the fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock  as of the date of  grant.  All
options  vest  in  three  equal  annual  installments  beginning  on  the  first
anniversary of the date of grant. The maximum term for all options is ten years.
As of June 30, 1997,  1998 and 1999 options for 8,000 shares,  14,000 shares and
8,000 shares were currently  exercisable  and options for 24,000 shares,  22,000
shares and 30,000 shares were outstanding.  No options have been exercised under
the  Directors'  Plan.  The  weighted-average  fair  value per share of  options
granted  during  the years  ended  June 30,  1998 and 1999 were $4.11 and $2.58,
respectively.  During  the fiscal  years  ended  June 30,  1998 and 1999,  6,000
options and 18,000 options were granted,  respectively.  No options were granted
during the year ended June 30, 1997. As of June 30, 1999,  the  weighted-average
remaining life of the options was 8.7 years.

            Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based  Compensation,  defines a fair value based method of accounting  for
stock options.  The Statement allows an entity to continue to measure cost using
the  accounting  method  prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25,  Accounting for Stock
Issued  to  Employees,  and to make pro  forma  disclosures  of net  income  and
earnings  per share as if the fair value  based  method of  accounting  had been
applied.  The fair value of each option  grant is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for grants in fiscal 1997, 1998 and 1999;  expected  volatility
of 39% to 40%, risk-free interest rate of 4.3% to 6.5%,  expected dividend yield
of 0% and expected lives of one to five years.  The Company  adopted SFAS 123 in
fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 and presents the following pro forma disclosures
rather than change its present method of accounting for employee stock options:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          Year Ended June 30,
                                                                          -------------------
                                                                     1997        1998              1999
                                                                     ----        ----              ----
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>              <C>
        Net income (loss) available to common shareholders       $  27,439   $ (5,974,752)    $   (9,462,940)

                Net income (loss) per common share               $    0.01   $      (0.83)    $        (1.31)
                                                                 =========   ============     ===============

                Weighted average number of common and
                    common equivalent shares outstanding         7,302,662      7,210,350          7,216,664
                                                                ==========   ============     ==============
</TABLE>

                The pro forma  adjustment  for stock  based  compensation  costs
under  SFAS 123 for the  years  ending  1997,  1998  and  1999 is  approximately
$500,000, $340,000 and $530,000,  respectively.  No stock based compensation was
recognized in the financial statements pursuant to APB Opinion No. 25.


                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 8 -    Earnings per Share

        In February 1997, the FASB issued  Statement 128,  "Earnings Per Share".
Statement 128 supersedes APB Opinion No. 15,  "Earnings Per Share" and specifies
the computation, presentation and disclosure requirements for earnings per share
("EPS") for entities with publicly held Common Stock or potential  Common Stock.
It replaces the  presentation of primary EPS with the  presentation of basic EPS
and  replaces  fully  diluted  EPS  with  diluted  EPS.  It also  requires  dual
presentation of basic and diluted EPS on the face of the statement of operations
for all entities with complex capital  structures and requires a  reconciliation
of the numerator and  denominator of the basic EPS  computation to the numerator
and denominator of the diluted EPS  computation.  Statement 128 is effective for
financial statements for periods ending after December 15, 1997.

        Earnings  per share of Common Stock for the year ended June 30, 1997 has
been restated to conform to the guidelines of Statement 128.


        Following is a  reconciliation  of the numerator and  denominator of the
basic and diluted per share  computations for income from continuing  operations
for the year ended June 30, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            Weighted          Per-Share
                                              Net Income    Average Shares     Amount
                                              ----------    --------------     ------

Basic EPS

<S>                                          <C>              <C>             <C>
Income available to common shareholders      $   527,439      7,164,924       $  0.07
Effect of dilutive options and warrants             -           153,002           -
                                             -----------      ---------       -------
Diluted EPS                                  $   527,439      7,317,926       $  0.07
                                             ===========      =========       =======
</TABLE>

                Incremental  shares for stock  options and  warrants  calculated
pursuant to the treasury stock method for the years ended June 30, 1998 and 1999
were  136,972  shares and 52,668  shares,  respectively.  These  shares were not
included in diluted EPS because they would have been antidilutive. Additionally,
options and warrants to purchase  1,075,000  shares,  655,738  shares and 36,000
shares for  $17.00-$17.50  per share,  $16.40  per share and  $12.50-$14.64  per
share,  respectively,  and options and  warrants to purchase  1,043,715  shares,
321,810 shares and 350,416 shares for $16.40-$17.00 per share, $11.00-$14.64 per
share and $8.94-$10.80 per share, respectively, were outstanding during all or a
portion of the years  ended June 30, 1998 and 1999,  respectively,  but were not
included in the  computation  of diluted  EPS  because the options and  warrants
exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares.

Note 9 -    Income Taxes

                The tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  that  give rise to
significant  portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   June 30,
                                                                       1998                 1999
                 Deferred tax assets:
<S>                                                                  <C>               <C>
                        Allowance for doubtful accounts              $   111,000       $   209,600
                        Amortization expense                             269,900           512,500
                        Other                                              4,200            10,900
                        Net operating loss carryforwards               9,862,700        17,143,400
                                                                     -----------        ----------
                              Total gross deferred tax assets         10,247,800        17,876,400
                 Less valuation allowance                             (2,766,200)       (6,236,400)
                                                                     -----------       -----------
                        Net deferred tax assets                        7,481,600        11,640,000
                                                                     -----------       -----------
                 Deferred tax liabilities:
                        Depreciation expense                          (7,481,600)      (11,640,000)
                                                                     -----------       -----------
                              Total gross deferred tax liabilities    (7,481,600)      (11,640,000)
                                                                     -----------       -----------
                Net deferred taxes                                   $      -         $       -
                                                                     ===========       ===========
</TABLE>


                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 9 -    Income Taxes  (continued)


        At June 30, 1999, the Company had net operating loss  carryforwards  for
Federal income tax purposes of approximately  $45,600,000 which are available to
offset future Federal  taxable  income,  if any, in varying amounts through June
2014. The net change in the total  valuation  allowance for the years ended June
30, 1998 and 1999 was an increase of $2,129,800 and $3,470,200, respectively.


Note 10 -   Related Party Transactions

                The Company  entered  into leases with the chairman of the board
and chief executive officer for certain  warehouse/depots  and office facilities
with annual rentals of approximately:


                          Year Ending June 30,
                                   2000                  $         276,000
                                   2001                            235,000
                                   2002                            109,000
                                   2003                             60,000
                                   2004                               -
                                                            --------------
                                                         $         681,000
                                                            ==============

                Rental expense was $166,549, $246,551 and $274,711 in 1997, 1998
and 1999, respectively, under these leases.

Note 11 -   Lease Commitments

                The Company leases office equipment,  trucks and warehouse/depot
and office  facilities under operating leases  (including  related party leases,
see Note 10) that expire at various  dates  through June 2006.  Primarily all of
the leases contain renewal options and escalations for real estate taxes, common
charges, etc. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases
(that  have  initial  noncancelable  lease  terms in  excess of one year) are as
follows:

                          Year Ending June 30,
                                   2000                  $         4,293,000
                                   2001                            3,954,000
                                   2002                            3,559,000
                                   2003                            2,412,000
                                   2004                            1,115,000
                                   Thereafter                        257,000
                                                            ----------------
                                                         $        15,590,000
                                                            ================

                Total rental expense under  noncancelable  operating  leases was
approximately  $1,413,000,  $3,284,000  and  $4,386,142 in 1997,  1998 and 1999,
respectively.

Note 12 -   Concentration of Credit and Business Risks

                The Company's business activity is with customers located within
the  United  States.  For the  years  ended  June  30,  1997,  1998 and 1999 the
Company's   sales  to  customers  in  the  food  and  beverage   industry   were
approximately 98%, 99% and 99%, respectively.

                There were no customers  that  accounted  for greater than 5% of
total  sales  for the  three  years  ended  June 30,  1999,  nor were  there any
customers  that  accounted for greater than 5% of total  accounts  receivable at
June 30, 1998 or 1999.

                The Company  purchases  new bulk CO2 systems  from the two major
manufacturers  of  such  systems.  The  inability  of both or  either  of  these
manufacturers  to deliver new systems to the Company  could cause a delay in the
Company's  ability to fulfill the demand for its services and a possible loss of
sales, which could affect operating results adversely.


                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13 -   Commitments and Contingencies

                (a)      Employment Agreement

                The Company has an employment  agreement  with an officer of the
Company that currently provides minimum annual compensation of $150,000 per year
through October 1999. The contract  provides for additional  compensation in the
form of bonuses to be  determined  by the board of directors  and  incentive and
non-qualified  stock options  pursuant to the Company's 1995 Plan to purchase up
to 100,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock. The agreement also calls for a
covenant against  competition which extends one year beyond  termination for any
reason.

                (b)      Consulting Agreement

                Effective  April 13, 1998, the Company entered into a three year
consulting  agreement with the former president of the Company.  Pursuant to the
terms of the agreement, the former president shall receive $50,000 per annum and
shall  not  compete  with  the  Company  for a period  of two  years  after  the
expiration of the contract. Simultaneously, options to purchase 75,000 shares of
Common Stock were canceled.

                (c)      Supply Agreement

                In May 1997,  the Company  entered  into an  exclusive  ten-year
carbon dioxide supply agreement with The BOC Group, Inc. ("BOC").  The agreement
ensures readily  available high quality CO2 as well as relatively  stable liquid
carbon dioxide prices. Pursuant to the agreement,  the Company must purchase all
of  its  liquid  CO2  requirements  from  BOC.  The  agreement  contains  annual
adjustments  over the prior  contract  year for an  increase  or decrease in the
Producer  Price Index for  Chemical and Allied  Products  ("PPI") or the average
percentage  increase  in the  selling  price  of bulk  merchant  carbon  dioxide
purchased  by BOC's  large,  multi-location  beverage  customers  in the  United
States.  However,  such increases shall not exceed 3% per year in the first five
contract years.

                The Company is a defendant in legal  actions  which arise in the
normal course of business.  In the opinion of  management,  the outcome of these
matters will not have a material effect on the Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.

 Note 14 -  Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

                The following  methods and assumptions were used to estimate the
fair value of each class of financial instruments.

                (a)      Cash and cash equivalents

                The  carrying  amount  approximates  fair value due to the short
maturity of these instruments.

                (b)      Long-term debt

                The  fair  value  of  the  Company's  long-term  debt  has  been
estimated based on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same
remaining maturities.

                The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company's  financial
instruments are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      June 30,
                                                                      --------
                                                              1998               1999
                                                            -------            --------

                                                            Carrying Amount   Carrying Amount
                                                            and Fair Value    and Fair Value
                                                            --------------    --------------

<S>                                                          <C>              <C>
             Cash and cash equivalents                       $   336,510      $ 1,579,191
             Long-term debt, including current maturities     29,599,865       43,711,773
             Subordinated debt                                29,728,571       38,748,695
</TABLE>

                   As of June 30, 1998 and 1999, the fair value of the Company's
interest rate swap (see Note 5) was not material.


                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                                   Schedule II
                        Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Column B     Column C - Additions       Column D       Column E
                                    --------     --------------------       --------       --------
                                    Balance at   Charge to
                                   beginning of  costs and  Charged to                      Balance at
                                     period      expenses  other accounts   Deductions     end of period
                                     ------      --------  --------------   ----------     -------------
Year ended June 30, 1997
<S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>               <C>             <C>
   Allowance for doubtful accounts   $210,629   $143,210   $   --            $240,785        $113,054
Year ended June 30, 1998
   Allowance for doubtful accounts   $113,054   $450,871   $ 43,276(1)       $211,710        $395,491
Year ended June 30, 1999
   Allowance for doubtful accounts   $395,491   $665,219   $   --            $503,118        $557,592
</TABLE>


(1) Initial reserve of acquired company


                                      F-19




                 AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT



                            Dated as of May 4, 1999


                                  By and Among


                                  NUCO2 INC.,


              SUNTRUST BANK, SOUTH FLORIDA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATTION

   the banks or other lending institutions signatory hereto from time to time

                                      and

              SUNTRUST BANK, SOUTH FLORIDA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                            as Agent for the Lenders

                                      and

                   SUNTRUST EQUITABLE SECURITIES CORPORATION,
                                  as Arranger


<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1 .................................................. DEFINITIONS      1
     Definitions .............................................................1
     Calculations. Accounting Terms..........................................18
     Other Definitional Provisions...........................................19
     Captions................................................................19
ARTICLE II .....................................AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS    19
     Revolving Loan Commitments and Revolving Notes..........................19
     Method of Borrowing Under the Commitments...............................21
     Swing Line Subcommitment................................................22
     Letter of Credit Subcommitment..........................................23
     Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit; Agreement to Issue..............23
     Payment of Amounts drawn under Letter of Credit.........................24
     Payment by Lenders......................................................25
     Obligations Absolute....................................................25
     Indemnification; Nature of Agent's Duties...............................26
     Prepayment of Borrowings Under the Commitments..........................26
     Mandatory Prepayments...................................................26
     Voluntary Reduction of Commitments......................................27
     Allocation of Payments..................................................28
     Termination of Commitments..............................................28
     Use of Proceeds.........................................................28
     Fees....................................................................28
     Interest................................................................29
     Interest Periods........................................................29
     Extension of Commitments................................................30
     Increased Costs.........................................................31
     Capital Adequacy........................................................32
     Funding Losses..........................................................33
     Making of Payments......................................................33
     Default Rate of Interest................................................33
     Proration of Payments...................................................34
     Lenders' Obligations Several............................................34
     Calculation of Interest.................................................34
     Payments Free of Taxes..................................................34
     Interest Rate Not Ascertainable, etc....................................35
     Illegality..............................................................35
ARTICLE III.....................................CONDITIONS TO BORROWINGS     36
     Conditions Precedent to Initial Advances................................36
     Conditions Precedent to Each Advance and Letters of Credit..............39
ARTICLE IV.................................REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    40
     Corporate Status of Company; Status of Subsidiaries.....................40
     Corporate Power and Authority...........................................41

                                       ii

<PAGE>

     Compliance with Other Instruments.......................................41
     Enforceable Obligations.................................................41
     Governmental Authorizations.............................................41
     Intellectual Property...................................................42
     Outstanding Indebtedness................................................42
     Insurance Coverage......................................................42
     Title to Properties.....................................................42
     No Burdensome Restrictions..............................................43
     No Material Violation of Law............................................43
     No Default Under Other Agreements.......................................43
     No Equity Investments...................................................43
     Financial Statements....................................................43
     Litigation..............................................................44
     Taxes...................................................................44
     Margin Regulations......................................................44
     ERISA...................................................................44
     Compliance With Environmental Laws......................................45
     Possession of Material Patents, Trademarks, Etc. .......................45
     Subsidiaries............................................................46
     Disclosure..............................................................46
     Year 2000 Compliance....................................................46
     Projections.............................................................46
ARTICLE V ...................................AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS           47
     Use of Proceeds.........................................................47
     Reporting Covenants.....................................................47
     Maintenance of Properties...............................................48
     Maintenance of Insurance................................................48
     Maintenance of Books; Inspection of Property and Records................49
     Existence and Status....................................................49
     Taxes and Claims........................................................49
     Compliance with Laws, Etc...............................................50
     ERISA...................................................................50
     Litigation..............................................................50
     Notice of Events of Default.............................................51
     Stockholder Reports, etc. ..............................................51
     Future Guarantors.......................................................51
     Ownership of Guarantors.................................................51
     Interest Rate Protection................................................52
     Cost of Products Sold...................................................52
ARTICLE VI....................................NEGATIVE COVENANTS             52
     Limitation on Liens and Security Interests..............................52
     Indebtedness............................................................53
     Compliance with ERISA...................................................54
     Sale and Leaseback......................................................54


                                       iii
<PAGE>
     Transactions with Affiliates............................................54
     Guaranties..............................................................55
     Limitations on Payment Restrictions.....................................55
     Merger; Joint Ventures; Sale of Assets; Acquisitions....................55
     Dividends; Loans, Advances..............................................56
     Nature of Business......................................................57
     Sale of Subsidiaries....................................................57
     Negative Pledges........................................................57
     Creation of Subsidiaries................................................57
     Prepayments Under and Amendment of Other Agreements.....................57
     Capital Expendires......................................................58
ARTICLE VII....................................FINANCIAL COVENANTS           58
     Senior Debt Coverage Ratio..............................................58
     Interest Coverage Ratio.................................................58
     Senior Debt Leverage Ratio..............................................58
     Minimum Net Worth.......................................................58
ARTICLE VIII.............................EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES      59
     Events of Default.......................................................59
     Remedies on Default.....................................................61
ARTICLE IX.............................................THE AGENT             61
     Appointment and Authorization...........................................61
     Nature of Duties of the Agent...........................................62
     Lack of Reliance on the Agent...........................................62
     Certain Rights of the Agent.............................................62
     Liability of the Agent..................................................63
     Indemnification.........................................................64
     Agent and Affiliates....................................................65
     Successor Agent.........................................................65
ARTICLE X............................................MISCELLANEOUS           65
     Survival................................................................65
     Amendments; Consents....................................................66
     Notices.................................................................66
     Severability; Time of Essence...........................................68
     Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction...............................68
     Payment of Costs........................................................69
     Indemnity...............................................................69
     Benefit of the Agreement................................................69
     Subordination of Indebtedness...........................................70
     Maximum Interest Rate...................................................71
     Entire Agreement........................................................71
     Set-Off.................................................................71
     Counterparts............................................................72
     Replacement Notes.......................................................72
     Release.................................................................72

                                       iv
<PAGE>
Annexes

Annex A        -         Projected Gross Margin
Annex B        -         Capital Expenditures

Exhibits

Exhibit A      -         Form of Revolving Note
Exhibit B      -         Form of Swing Line Note
Exhibit C      -         Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit D      -         Form of Guaranty Agreement
Exhibit E      -         Form of Contribution Agreement
Exhibit F      -         Form of Closing Certificate
Exhibit G      -         Form of Opinion of Counsel of the Company and the
                         Guarantors
Exhibit H      -         Form of Florida Counsel Opinion
Exhibit I      -         Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit J      -         Form of Assignment Agreement
Exhibit K      -         Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit L      -         Form of Depot Report
Exhibit M      -         Projections

Schedules

Schedule 1.01  -         Calculation of Cost of Products Sold
Schedule 4.07  -         Outstanding Indebtedness
Schedule 4.08  -         Insurance Certificates
Schedule 4.15  -         Litigation
Schedule 4.18  -         ERISA
Schedule 4.19  -         Environmental Liability
Schedule 4.21  -         Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.01  -         Liens



                                       v
<PAGE>


                 AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


         THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED  REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT,  dated as of May
4,  1999,  by and among  NUCO2  INC.,  a Florida  corporation  (the  "Company"),
SUNTRUST  BANK,  SOUTH  FLORIDA,   NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,   a  national  banking
association ("SunTrust"),  BANK AUSTRIA CREDITANSTALT CORPORATE FINANCE, INC., a
Delaware  corporation (the "Documentation  Agent"),  THE PROVIDENT BANK, an Ohio
banking  corporation,  BANK LEUMI  LE-ISRAEL B.M.,  Miami Agency,  and any other
banks or other  lending  institutions  that are or will  become  parties to this
Agreement (collectively,  the "Lenders" and each individually,  a "Lender"), and
SUNTRUST BANK, SOUTH FLORIDA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as agent for the Lenders.


                              W I T N E S S E T H :


         WHEREAS,  the  Company,  the Agent and the  Lenders  entered  into that
certain Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October 31, 1997 (the "Existing
Credit Agreement");

         WHEREAS,  the Company  has  requested,  and the Lenders  have agreed to
amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement to increase the revolving credit
facility  available  to the Company,  to add a letter of credit  facility and to
make certain  other  amendments on the terms and subject to the  conditions  set
forth herein;

         NOW, THEREFORE,  for good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,  the parties hereto,  intending to
be legally bound, agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         SECTION  1.01  Definitions.  In  addition  to the other  terms  defined
herein, the following terms used herein shall have the meanings herein specified
(such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of
the terms defined):

         "Additional  Guarantor" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 5.13(a).

         "Advance" shall mean any advance by a Lender under the Commitments.



<PAGE>
         "Agent" shall mean SunTrust Bank, South Florida,  National Association,
as agent for the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents,  and each
successor agent.

         "Agent  Fee" shall mean the  administrative  fee  described  in the Fee
Letter,  payable on the Closing Date and  thereafter  annually in advance to the
Agent during the period prior to the Commitment Termination Date.

         "Affiliate"  shall mean,  with respect to any Person,  any other Person
that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries,  controls or is
controlled  by, or is under common  control with,  such first  Person.  A Person
shall be deemed  to  control  another  Person if such  first  Person  possesses,
directly  or  indirectly,  the power to direct  or cause  the  direction  of the
management and policies of such other Person,  whether  through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

         "Agreement"  shall mean this  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit
Agreement,  either as  originally  executed or as hereafter  amended,  restated,
renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Annualized  EBITDA" shall mean EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ending on
the last day of such quarter, multiplied by four.

         "Applicable  Commitment  Fee  Percentage"  shall  mean  the  percentage
designated  below  based on the ratio of the  Company's  Senior  Funded  Debt to
Annualized  EBITDA for each fiscal  quarter-end,  as indicated below,  provided,
that,  for purposes of this  calculation,  the term  "Senior  Funded Debt" shall
include the Letter of Credit Obligations and aggregate outstanding amount of all
Swing Line Loans:

                           Senior Funded Debt to           Applicable Commitment
                             Annualized EBITDA                 Fee Percentage
                             -----------------                 --------------

         Less than 1.50:1.0                                          0.375%

         Greater than or equal to 1.50:1.0                           0.375%
         and less than 2.00:1.0

         Greater than or equal to 2.00:1.0                           0.375%
         and less than 2.50:1.0

         Greater than or equal to 2.50:1.0 and less than 3.00:1.00   0.50%

         Greater than or equal to 3.00:1.00 and less than 3.25:1.0   0.50%

         Greater than or equal to 3.25:1.0                           0.50%


                                       2
<PAGE>

From the Closing Date through and including  September 30, 1999,  the Applicable
Commitment Fee Percentage shall be 0.50%.

         "Applicable Law" shall mean, anything in Section 10.05 notwithstanding,
(i) all  applicable  common law and principles of equity and (ii) all applicable
provisions of all (a) constitutions,  statutes, rules, regulations and orders of
governmental  bodies,  (b) Governmental  Approvals,  and (c) orders,  decisions,
judgments and decrees of all courts and arbitrators.

         "Applicable Margin" shall mean the percentage designated below based on
the ratio of the  Company's  Senior  Funded Debt to  Annualized  EBITDA for each
fiscal quarter-end, as indicated below:

     Senior Funded Debt to            Applicable Margin       Applicable Margin
        Annualized EBITDA             (LIBOR Advance)        (Base Rate Advance)
        -----------------             ---------------        -------------------

Less than 1.50:1.0                         1.75%                    0.25%

Greater than or equal to 1.50:1.0          2.25%                    0.75%
and less than 2.00:1.0

Greater than or equal to 2.00:1.0          2.75%                    1.25%
and less than 2.50:1.0

Greater than or equal to 2.50:1.0
and less than 3.00:1.0                     3.00%                    1.50%

Greater than or equal to 3.00:1.0
and less than 3.25:1.0                     3.25%                    1.75%

Greater than or equal to 3.25:1.0          3.50%                    2.00%

From the Closing Date through and including  December 31, 1999,  the  Applicable
Margin  on LIBOR  Advances  and Base  Rate  Advances  shall be 3.50%  and  2.00%
respectively.

         "Asset Value" shall mean,  with respect to any property or asset of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries as of any particular date, an amount equal to
the greater of (i) the then book value of such property or asset as  established
in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) the then fair market value of such property or
asset as  determined  in good faith by the board of  directors of the Company or
such Subsidiary.

         "Assignment  Agreement"  shall mean an agreement in the form of Exhibit
J.


                                       3
<PAGE>

         "Assignment  of Leases"  shall mean that certain  Assignment  of Leases
agreement,  dated as of October  31,  1997,  executed  by the  Company  and each
Subsidiary in favor of the Agent,  assigning the Company's and each Subsidiary's
lessee's interest in any leasehold (except those leaseholds whose terms prohibit
assignments), as the same may be hereafter amended, restated, renewed, extended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Availability" shall mean, with respect to any Commitment, at any time,
the amount by which such Commitment exceeds all Advances  outstanding under such
Commitment.

         "Bankruptcy  Law" shall mean laws governing  bankruptcy,  suspension of
payments, reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment of debts, relief of debtors,
dissolution,  or other  similar laws relating to the  enforcement  of creditors'
rights generally.

         "Base  Rate"  shall  mean the  higher  of (i) the rate  which  SunTrust
designates  from time to time as its prime  lending rate, as in effect from time
to time,  and (ii) the Federal Funds Rate, as in effect from time to time,  plus
one-half  of one  percent  (0.50%)  per annum  (any  changes in such rates to be
effective as of the date of any change in such rate). The SunTrust prime lending
rate is a reference rate and does not  necessarily  represent the lowest or best
rate actually  charged to any customer.  SunTrust may make  commercial  loans or
other loans at rates of interest at, above,  or below the SunTrust prime lending
rate.

         "Base Rate  Advance"  shall mean any Advance made to the Company by the
Lenders at an interest  rate equal to the Base Rate plus the  Applicable  Margin
for such Advance.

         "Borrowing" shall mean a borrowing under the Commitments  consisting of
simultaneous Advances by the Lenders, including Swing Line Borrowings.

         "Borrowing  Base"  shall mean the  product of (i) Gross  Margin  Factor
multiplied  by the  EBITDA  Multiple,  and (ii) the sum of EBITDA  for the prior
three calendar months, multiplied by four.

         "Borrowing  Base  Certificate"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in
Section 5.02(a)(iv).

         "Business Day" shall mean a day of the year other than Saturday, Sunday
or any other day on which the Agent is required to close.

         "Capital Expenditures" shall mean, for any period, expenditures made by
the Company and its Subsidiaries to acquire or construct fixed assets, property,
plant

                                       4

<PAGE>

and equipment (including renewals,  improvements and replacements, but excluding
repairs) during such period computed in accordance with GAAP.

         "CERCLA"   shall   mean  the   Comprehensive   Environmental   Response
Compensation  and  Liability  Act, as amended by the  Superfund  Amendments  and
Reauthorization Act (42 U.S.C. ss. 9601 et seq.).

         A "Change  in  Control"  shall be deemed  to have  occurred  if (a) any
"person" or "group"  (within the meaning of Sections  13(d) and  14(d)(2) of the
Exchange  Act) shall become the  "beneficial  owner(s)" (as defined in said Rule
13d-3) of more than forty percent (40%) of the shares of the outstanding  common
stock of the  Company  entitled to vote for  members of the  Company's  board of
directors; (b) a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of
directors  of the  Company  shall at any time be  occupied  by persons  who were
neither  (i)  nominated  by the  board of  directors  of the  Company,  nor (ii)
appointed by directors so nominated;  (c) any event or condition  shall occur or
exist which requires or permits the holder(s) of  Indebtedness of the Company to
require that such Indebtedness be redeemed,  repurchased,  defeased,  prepaid or
repaid,  in  whole  or in  part,  or the  maturity  of such  Indebtedness  to be
accelerated in any respect as a result of a change in control  provision of such
Indebtedness; or (d) any person or group (other than the group in control of the
Company on the date hereof) shall otherwise  directly or indirectly  control the
Company.

         "Closing Date" shall mean May 4, 1999.

         "Code"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended from
time to time, and the regulations promulgated and the rulings issued thereunder.

         "Collateral"  shall mean all real and personal property and assets, now
or  hereafter  existing,  of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  over which the
Company  or such  Subsidiary  has  granted a Lien to the Agent  pursuant  to the
Security Documents, and all proceeds and products thereof.

         "Commitments" shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Loan Commitments,
the Letter of Credit Subcommitment and the Swing Line Subcommitment.

         "Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(c).

         "Commitment  Letter" means that certain letter  agreement,  dated as of
March  12,  1999,  executed  by  SunTrust  and  SunTrust  Equitable   Securities
Corporation, and accepted and agreed to by the Company.

         "Commitment  Termination  Date"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in
Section 2.01.

                                       5

<PAGE>
         "Company"  shall have the meaning set forth in the first  paragraph  of
this Agreement.

         "Company  Pledge  Agreement"  shall mean that  certain  Stock and Notes
Pledge  Agreement  (Company),  dated as of October  31,  1997,  executed  by the
Company in favor of the Agent,  as amended by the First  Amendment  to Stock and
Notes Pledge Agreement (Company),  dated as of the date hereof, and as hereafter
amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Company Security Agreement" shall mean that certain Security Agreement
(Company), dated as of October 31, 1997, executed by the Company in favor of the
Agent, as amended by the First Amendment to Security Agreement (Company),  dated
as of the date  hereof,  and as hereafter  amended,  restated,  supplemented  or
otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Company  Trademark   Security   Agreement"  shall  mean  that  certain
Trademark Security Agreement  (Company),  dated as of October 31, 1997, executed
by the  Company in favor of the Agent,  as  amended  by the First  Amendment  to
Trademark  Security  Agreement  (Company),  dated as of the date hereof,  and as
hereafter  amended,  restated,  supplemented or otherwise  modified from time to
time.

         "Compliance  Certificate"  shall have the  meaning set forth in Section
5.02(a)(ii).

         "Consolidated Companies" shall mean, collectively,  the Company and all
of its Subsidiaries.

         "Consolidated  EBIT" shall mean,  for any fiscal period of the Company,
an amount equal to the sum of (a)  Consolidated  Net Income (Loss),  plus (b) to
the  extent  deducted  in  determining   Consolidated  Net  Income  (Loss),  (i)
provisions  for  taxes  based on  income  of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries
determined  on a  consolidated  basis in  accordance  with GAAP,  (ii)  Interest
Expense, and (iii) extraordinary items determined according to GAAP.

         "Consolidated  Net Income  (Loss)" shall mean, for any fiscal period of
the  Company,  the net  income  (or loss) of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries
determined on a consolidated basis for such period (taken as a single accounting
period), in accordance with GAAP.

         "Consolidated  Net Worth" shall mean, as of the date of  determination,
the total shareholders'  equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries,  determined
in accordance with GAAP.
                                       6

<PAGE>
         "Contractual Obligations" of any Person shall mean any provision of any
security  issued by such Person or of any  agreement,  instrument or undertaking
under which such Person is  obligated  or by which it or any of its  property is
bound.

         "Contribution  Agreement"  shall mean that certain Amended and Restated
Contribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, executed by the Company and
each of the Guarantors, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit E attached
hereto, as hereafter amended, restated,  supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time.

         "Cost of Products  Sold" shall mean the Company's cost of products sold
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as reported from time
to time, and including all of the line items listed on Schedule 1.01.

         "Default"  shall mean any event  that,  with the  giving of notice,  or
lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

         "Depot"  shall mean a location  leased or owned by the  Company for the
storage of raw materials,  supplies and motor vehicles used in the  distribution
of the Company's products.

         "Depot by Depot  Report"  shall have the  meaning  set forth in Section
5.02(a)(vii).

         "EBITDA" shall mean, for any period of the Company,  an amount equal to
the sum of Consolidated EBIT plus (i) depreciation and amortization  expenses to
the extent  deducted in determining  such  Consolidated  EBIT as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) the historical Consolidated
EBITDA of any Person for such period which accrued prior to the date such Person
became a Subsidiary of the Company or was merged into or  consolidated  with the
Company or any of its  Subsidiaries or such Person's assets were acquired by the
Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  (and the underlying  records of such Person
shall be audited to the extent the  Company is required  pursuant to  Regulation
S-X of the SEC to  present  audited  financial  information  for such  Person in
documents  filed by it with the  SEC).  If  audited  financial  records  are not
available for acquired  companies,  pro forma financial  statements  (subject to
review and acceptance by the Required Lenders) will be substituted.

         "EBITDA  Multiple" shall mean (i) 3.65 for the period  beginning on the
Closing  Date  through and  including  July 31,  1999;  (ii) 3.55 for the period
beginning  August 1,1999 through and including  August 31, 1999;  (iii) 3.45 for
the period beginning  September 1,1999 through and including September 30, 1999;
(iv) 3.35 for the period beginning  October 1,1999 through and including October
31,  1999;  (v)  3.25 for the  period  beginning  November  1,1999  through  and
including November 30, 1999; (vi) 3.15 for the period beginning December 1, 1999
to December 31, 1999; (vii) 3.0 for the period beginning January 1, 2000 through
and including March 31, 2000; (viii) 2.75 for the period beginning April 1, 2000
through and including June 30, 2000; and (ix) 2.50 thereafter.

                                       7

<PAGE>
         "Environmental  Laws" shall mean all federal,  state, local and foreign
statutes and codes or regulations,  rules or ordinances issued,  promulgated, or
approved thereunder, now or hereafter in effect (including,  without limitation,
those with  respect to asbestos or asbestos  containing  material or exposure to
asbestos or asbestos containing  material),  relating to pollution or protection
of the  environment  and relating to public  health and safety,  relating to (i)
emissions,   discharges,   releases  or  threatened   releases  of   pollutants,
contaminants,   chemicals  or  industrial   toxic  or  hazardous   constituents,
substances or wastes, including without limitation,  any Hazardous Substance (as
such  term is  defined  under  CERCLA),  petroleum  including  crude  oil or any
fraction thereof, any petroleum product or other waste,  chemicals or substances
regulated  by any  Environmental  Law into the  environment  (including  without
limitation, ambient air, surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface
strata), or (ii) the manufacture,  processing,  distribution,  use,  generation,
treatment,  storage, disposal,  transport or handling of any Hazardous Substance
(as such term is defined under  CERCLA),  petroleum  including  crude oil or any
fraction thereof, any petroleum product or other waste,  chemicals or substances
regulated by any  Environmental  Law, and (iii)  underground  storage  tanks and
related piping,  and emissions,  discharges and releases or threatened  releases
therefrom,  such Environmental Laws to include, without limitation (i) the Clean
Air Act (42 U.S.C.  ss. 7401 et seq.),  (ii) the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C.  ss.
1251 et seq.),  (iii) the Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. ss.
6901 et seq.),  (iv) the Toxic  Substances  Control  Act (15 U.S.C.  ss. 2601 et
seq.) and (v) CERCLA.

         "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
and all rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, as the same may from
time to time be supplemented or amended.

         "ERISA   Affiliate"   shall  mean  any  trade  or   business   (whether
incorporated or unincorporated)  which together with the Company is treated as a
single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

         "Event of Default" shall have the meaning set forth in Article VIII.

         "Exchange  Act"  shall mean the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto.

         "Executive  Officer"  shall mean each of the executive  officers of the
Company and any Person hereafter  holding the following office or offices which,
individually  or  collectively,   are  assigned  substantially  similar  duties:
Chairman,  Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Operating
Officer.

         "Existing  Credit  Agreement"  shall have the  meaning set forth in the
first recital.

         "Facilities"  shall  mean,  collectively,   the  Commitments  described
hereunder.

                                       8

<PAGE>

         "Federal Funds Rate" shall mean, for any period, a fluctuating interest
rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted  average of
the rates on overnight  Federal funds  transactions  with members of the Federal
Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or,
if such day is not a Business Day, for the next  preceding  Business Day) by the
Federal  Reserve Bank of Atlanta,  or, if such rate is not so published  for any
day which is a Business Day, the average of the  quotations for such day on such
transactions  received  by  the  Agent  from  three  Federal  funds  brokers  of
recognized standing selected by it.

         "Fee Letter" means that certain letter agreement, dated as of March 12,
1999, executed by SunTrust and SunTrust Equitable  Securities  Corporation,  and
accepted and agreed to by the Company,  setting forth certain nonrefundable fees
payable by the Company.

         "Fees" shall mean,  collectively,  the Agent Fee, the Underwriting Fee,
the Commitment Fee and the Letter of Credit Fee.

         "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles set forth in
the  opinions  and  pronouncements  of the  Accounting  Principles  Board of the
American   Institute  of  Certified   Public   Accountants  and  statements  and
pronouncements  of the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as may be approved by a  significant  segment of
the accounting profession in the United States of America,  which are applicable
to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

         "Governmental    Approval"   shall   mean   any   order,    permission,
authorization,  consent, approval,  license, franchise, permit or validation of,
exemption  by,  registration  or  filing  with,  or report  or  notice  to,  any
governmental agency or unit, or any public commission, board or authority.

         "Gross  Margin"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis for any period, the ratio of (a) (i) Total
Revenues less (ii) Cost of Products Sold to (b) Total Revenues.

         "Gross Margin  Factor" shall mean,  with respect to the Company and its
Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated  basis  for any  period,  the  ratio of (i) the
average of the Gross Margin for each month of the most recently reported rolling
three-month  period to (ii) the average of the  Projected  Gross Margin for each
month of such rolling three-month period.

         "Guarantor  Pledge  Agreement"  shall mean that certain Stock and Notes
Pledge Agreement  (Guarantors),  dated as of October 31, 1997,  executed by each
Guarantor in favor of the Agent,  as amended by the First Amendment to Stock and
Notes  Pledge


                                       9

<PAGE>

Agreement  (Guarantors),  dated as of the date hereof, and as hereafter amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Guarantor   Security  Agreement"  shall  mean  that  certain  Security
Agreement (Guarantors), dated as of October 31, 1997, executed by each Guarantor
in favor of the Agent, as amended by the First  Amendment to Security  Agreement
(Guarantors),  dated as of the date hereof, and as hereafter amended,  restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Guarantor  Trademark  Security  Agreement"  shall  mean  that  certain
Trademark  Security  Agreement  (Guarantors),  dated  as of  October  31,  1997,
executed  by each  Guarantor  in favor of the  Agent,  as  amended  by the First
Amendment to Trademark  Security  Agreement  (Guarantors),  dated as of the date
hereof, and as hereafter amended,  restated,  supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time.

         "Guarantors" shall mean,  collectively,  each Subsidiary of the Company
that has executed a Guaranty Agreement as of the Closing Date, together with all
other  Subsidiaries  that  hereafter  execute a  Guaranty  Agreement,  and their
respective  successors and permitted assigns.  "Guarantor" shall mean any of the
Guarantors.

         "Guaranty  Agreement"  shall mean that  certain  Amended  and  Restated
Guaranty  Agreement,  dated  as of the  date  hereof,  executed  by  each of the
Guarantors  in favor of the Lenders  and the Agent,  a copy of which is attached
hereto  as  Exhibit  D  attached  hereto,   as  hereafter   amended,   restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Guaranty Documents" shall mean, collectively,  the Guaranty Agreement,
and each other guaranty agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of lease,
security agreement,  pledge agreement,  or other security or collateral document
guaranteeing or securing the Obligations,  as the same may be amended, restated,
or supplemented  from time to time, and the Contribution  Agreement  executed by
each of the  Guarantors,  as the same may be amended,  restated or  supplemented
from time to time.

         "Guaranty  Obligations"  shall mean the obligation of the Guarantors to
the Lenders and the Agent, as set forth in the Guaranty Agreement.

         "Hazardous  Substance"  shall have the meaning assigned to that term in
CERCLA.

         "Indebtedness"  shall mean (i)  indebtedness  for borrowed money or for
the deferred  purchase price of property or services  (other than trade accounts
payable on customary terms in the ordinary  course of business),  (ii) financial
obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures,  notes or other similar instruments,
(iii)  financial  obligations  as lessee  under  leases which shall have been or
should be, in accordance with GAAP,  recorded as capital leases,  (iv) financial
obligations as the issuer of capital stock


                                       10

<PAGE>

redeemable  in whole or in part at the  option  of any  Person  other  than such
issuer,  at a fixed and determinable  date or upon the occurrence of an event or
condition  not solely  within the control of such  issuer,  (v) all  obligations
(contingent  or otherwise)  with respect to interest  rate and currency  leasing
agreements,  (vi)  reimbursement  obligations  (contingent  or  otherwise)  with
respect to amounts  under  letters of credit,  bankers  acceptances  and similar
instruments,  (vii) financial obligations under purchase money mortgages, (viii)
financial obligations under asset securitization vehicles, (ix) conditional sale
contracts  and similar  title  retention  instruments  with  respect to property
acquired, and (x) obligations under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of,
and obligations  (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire,  or
otherwise  to assure a creditor  against  loss in respect  of,  indebtedness  or
financial  obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through
(ix) above, except to the extent such guaranties are limited to a lesser amount.

         "Interest  Coverage  Ratio"  shall mean,  for any fiscal  period of the
Company,  the ratio of (a) (i) EBITDA for the fiscal  period  ending on the last
day of such period,  minus (ii) Maintenance Capital  Expenditures for the fiscal
period  ending on the last day of such period,  to (b) Interest  Expense for the
fiscal period ending on the last day of such period.

         "Interest  Expense"  shall mean,  for any fiscal period of the Company,
total  interest  expense  (including,   without  limitation,   interest  expense
attributable  to capitalized  leases in accordance with GAAP) of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period.

         "Interest Period" shall mean (i) as to any LIBOR Advance,  the interest
period selected by the Company pursuant to Section  2.18(a),  and (ii) as to any
Base Rate Advance, the interest period requested by the Company and agreed to by
the participating Lenders pursuant to Section 2.18(b), and (iii) as to any Swing
Rate  Advance,  the  interest  period  requested by the Company and agreed to by
SunTrust pursuant to Section 2.03.

         "Investment"  shall mean,  when used with  respect to any  Person,  any
direct or indirect  advance,  loan or other  extension of credit (other than the
creation  of  receivables  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business)  or  capital
contribution  by such  Person (by means of  transfers  of  property to others or
payments  for  property  or  services  for  the  account  or use of  others,  or
otherwise)  to  any  Person,  or  any  direct  or  indirect  purchase  or  other
acquisition  by such Person of, or of a beneficial  interest in,  capital stock,
partnership  interests,  bonds, notes,  debentures or other securities issued by
any other Person.

         "Lenders"  shall have the meaning set forth in the first  paragraph  of
this Agreement.

         "Lending  Office" shall mean,  for each Lender,  the office such Lender
may  designate  in writing  from time to time to the  Company and the Agent with
respect to Base Rate Advances and LIBOR Advances.

                                       11

<PAGE>
         "Letter  of Credit  Fee" shall  have the  meaning  set forth in Section
2.16(d).

         "Letter of Credit  Obligations"  shall mean, with respect to Letters of
Credit,  as at any date of  determination,  the sum of (a) the maximum aggregate
amount  which at such  date of  determination  is  available  to be drawn by the
beneficiaries  thereof (assuming the conditions for drawing thereunder have been
met) under all Letters of Credit then outstanding, plus (b) the aggregate amount
of all drawings  under  Letters of Credit  honored by the Agent not  theretofore
reimbursed by the Company.

         "Letter of Credit Subcommitment" shall mean $2,000,000.

         "Letters of Credit" shall mean the letters of credit issued pursuant to
Section 2.04 hereof by the Agent for the account of the Company  pursuant to the
Letter of Credit Subcommitment of the Revolving Loan Commitments.

         "LIBOR"  shall mean,  for any Interest  Period,  the offered  rates for
deposits  in  U.S.  dollars  for a  period  comparable  to the  Interest  Period
appearing on the Telerate  Screen Page 3750,  as of 11:00 a.m.,  London time, on
the day that is two London  banking  days prior to the  Interest  Period.  If at
least two such rates appear on the Telerate  Screen Page 3750, the rate for that
Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates, and in either case as
such rates may be adjusted for any applicable reserve requirements.

         "LIBOR  Advance"  shall  mean any  advance  made to the  Company by the
Lenders at an interest rate equal to LIBOR plus the  Applicable  Margin for such
advance.

         "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance,
lien, assignment or charge of any kind or description and shall include, without
limitation,  any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or
other title retention  agreement,  any lease in the nature thereof including any
lease or similar arrangement with a public authority executed in connection with
the  issuance of  industrial  development  revenue  bonds or  pollution  control
revenue  bonds,  and the filing of or agreement to give any financing  statement
under the Uniform Commercial Code (or comparable law) of any jurisdiction naming
the owner of the asset to which  such lien  applies  as a debtor  (other  than a
filing  which  does  not  evidence  an  outstanding  secured  obligation,  or  a
commitment to make advances or to incur any other obligation of any kind).

         "Loan Documents"  shall mean this Agreement,  each Exhibit and Schedule
to this Agreement,  the Notes, the Guaranty  Documents,  the Security Documents,
the Letters of Credit,  and each other  document,  instrument,  certificate  and
opinion  executed  and  delivered  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  each as
amended,  restated,  supplemented  or  otherwise  modified  from time to time as
provided in Section 10.02.

                                       12

<PAGE>

         "Maintenance  Capital  Expenditures"  shall mean  Capital  Expenditures
other  than  Capital  Expenditures  made (i) in  connection  with  any  business
expansion of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) in connection with any
Investment  made by the Company  after the Closing  Date, or (iii) in connection
with any other  acquisition  or business  expansion by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.

         "Margin   Regulations"  shall  mean  Regulation  T,  Regulation  U  and
Regulation  X of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System,  as the
same may be in effect from time to time.

         "Material Contract" shall mean any contract or other agreement, written
or oral,  of the  Company or its  Subsidiaries  the failure to comply with which
could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

         "Materially  Adverse Effect" shall mean a materially  adverse change in
the operations,  business, property or assets of, or in the condition (financial
or otherwise) of, the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

         "Maximum Permissible Rate" shall mean, with respect to interest payable
on any amount,  the rate of interest on such amount that,  if  exceeded,  could,
under Applicable Law, result in (i) civil or criminal penalties being imposed on
any  Lender  or (ii) any  Lender  being  unable  to  enforce  payment  of (or if
collected,  to  retain)  all or part  of such  amount  or the  interest  payable
thereon.

         "Minimum  Net Worth"  shall have the meaning set forth in Section  7.04
hereof.

         "Mortgaged  Property"  shall  mean,  collectively,  all parcels of real
property  owned or leased by the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  which is
subject to a Mortgage or which is assigned under an Assignment of Leases.

         "Mortgages" shall mean,  collectively,  all of the mortgages,  deeds of
trust or deeds to secure  debt  hereafter  executed in favor of the Agent by the
Company  or any  Subsidiary,  as the same may be  hereafter  amended,  restated,
renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Multiemployer  Plan" shall mean a  "multiemployer  plan" as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA as to which the Company, any Subsidiary or any ERISA
Affiliate  is  obligated  to  make,  has  made,  or  will be  obligated  to make
contributions on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.

         "Net Worth" shall mean, at any date, the net worth of the  Consolidated
Companies, determined in accordance with GAAP as determined on such date.

         "Notes" shall mean,  collectively,  the  Revolving  Notes and the Swing
Line Note.


                                       13
<PAGE>
         "Notice  of  Borrowing"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in Section
2.02(a) hereof.

         "Notice of Interest Rate  Conversion"  shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 2.02(b) hereof.

         "Obligations"  shall mean all amounts  owing to the Agent or any Lender
pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  including
without limitation,  all Advances (including all principal and interest payments
due thereunder),  Letter of Credit Obligations, Fees, expenses,  indemnification
and reimbursement payments,  indebtedness,  liabilities,  and obligations of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, covenants and duties of the Company to the Lenders
and the  Agent of every  kind,  nature  and  description,  direct  or  indirect,
absolute or  contingent,  due or not due, in  contract  or tort,  liquidated  or
unliquidated, arising under this Agreement or under the other Loan Documents, by
operation of law or otherwise,  now existing or hereafter  arising or whether or
not for the payment of money or the  performance  or the  nonperformance  of any
act, including, but not limited to, all debts, liabilities and obligations owing
by the Company to others which the Lenders may have  obtained by  assignment  or
otherwise,  and all  damages  which the  Company  may owe to the Lenders and the
Agent by reason of any breach by the  Company of any  representation,  warranty,
covenant,  agreement or other  provision of this  Agreement or of any other Loan
Document.

         "Other Claims" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.07 hereof.

         "PBGC"  shall mean the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  and any
successor thereto.

         "Person" shall mean an  individual,  corporation,  partnership,  trust,
limited liability company or  unincorporated  organization,  a government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "Plan"  shall mean any employee  benefit  plan,  program,  arrangement,
practice  or  contract,  maintained  by or on behalf of the  Company or an ERISA
Affiliate,  which provides benefits or compensation to or on behalf of employees
or  former  employees,  whether  formal or  informal,  whether  or not  written,
including but not limited to the following types of plans:

                  (i)   Executive    Arrangements   -   any   bonus,   incentive
         compensation,   stock  option,   deferred   compensation,   commission,
         severance,  "golden  parachute",  "rabbi  trust",  or  other  executive
         compensation plan, program, contract, arrangement or practice;

                  (ii) ERISA Plans - any  "employee  benefit plan" as defined in
         ERISA, including, but not limited to, any defined benefit pension plan,
         profit  sharing plan,  money purchase  pension plan,  savings or thrift
         plan,  stock bonus plan,  employee

                                       14

<PAGE>

         stock ownership plan,  Multiemployer  Plan, or any plan, fund, program,
         arrangement    or   practice    providing   for   medical    (including
         post-retirement   medical),   hospitalization,    accident,   sickness,
         disability, or life insurance benefits;

                  (iii) Other  Employee  Fringe  Benefits - any stock  purchase,
         vacation,  scholarship, day care, prepaid legal services, severance pay
         or  other  fringe  benefit  plan,  program,  arrangement,  contract  or
         practice.

         "Projected  Gross Margin" shall mean Gross Margin  calculated  monthly,
projected by the Company and set forth on Annex A hereto.

         "Pro Rata Share" shall mean, for any Lender,  the proportion  expressed
as a  percentage  equal to (1) the sum of such  Lender's  portion  of the  Total
Commitments   (including,   without  duplication,   any  portion  of  the  Total
Commitments  in which such Lender has purchased a  participation  and excluding,
without  duplication,  any portion of the Total Commitments in which such Lender
has sold a participation), divided by (2) the sum of the Total Commitments.

         "Regulation U" shall mean Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the
Federal  Reserve  System,  as in effect  from time to time,  and any  regulation
successor thereto.

         "Required Lenders" shall mean Lenders whose combined Pro Rata Shares as
of the  Closing  Date  of the  Total  Commitments  are at  least  sixty-six  and
two-thirds percent (66_%) of the Total Commitments.

         "Revolving  Loan  Commitments"  shall mean, for any Lender at any time,
the revolving credit facility  severally  established by such Lender in favor of
the Company  pursuant to Section 2.01, as the same may be increased or decreased
from time to time as a result of any reduction thereof pursuant to Section 2.10,
any  assignment  thereof  pursuant to Section  10.08,  or any amendment  thereof
pursuant to Section 10.02.

         "Revolving  Loans"  shall  mean,  collectively,  the loans  made to the
Company by the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

         "Revolving Note" shall mean a promissory note of the Company payable to
the  order  of any  Lender  in  substantially  the  form of  Exhibit  A  hereto,
evidencing the maximum aggregate  principal  indebtedness of the Company to such
Lender under such  Lender's  Revolving  Loan  Commitment,  either as  originally
executed  or as it may be from  time to time  supplemented,  modified,  amended,
renewed or extended.

         "Security  Documents"  shall  mean,  collectively,  the  Mortgage,  the
Assignment  of Leases,  the  Company  Pledge  Agreement,  the  Company  Security
Agreement,  the Company  Trademark  Security  Agreement,  the  Guarantor  Pledge
Agreement,  the


                                       15

<PAGE>

Guarantor Security Agreement,  the Guarantor  Trademark Security Agreement,  all
UCC financing  statements  and fixture  filings naming the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries  as debtor and the Agent as secured party,  all stock  certificates
evidencing  shares of stock  pledged to the Agent,  together  with undated stock
powers or other  appropriate  instruments of transfer executed in blank, and all
filings in the U.S.  Patent and  Trademark  Office which are required to be made
under the Loan Documents.

         "Senior Debt Coverage  Ratio" shall mean,  for any fiscal period of the
Company,  the ratio of (a) Senior  Funded Debt as of the last day of such fiscal
period to (b) Annualized EBITDA.

         "Senior Debt Leverage  Ratio" shall mean,  for any fiscal period of the
Company,  the ratio of (a) Senior  Funded Debt as of the last day of such fiscal
period to (b) Total Capitalization as of the last day of such fiscal period.

         "Senior Funded Debt" shall mean all  indebtedness  for money  borrowed,
purchase  money  mortgages,   capitalized   leases,   outstandings  under  asset
securitization vehicles, conditional sales contracts and similar title retention
debt instruments,  including any current maturities of such indebtedness,  which
by its terms matures more than one year from the date of any calculation thereof
and/or which is renewable or  extendable  at the option of the obligor to a date
beyond one year from such date.

         "Senior  Subordinated Debt" shall mean the senior  Subordinated Debt in
respect of the 12%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  issued  pursuant  to the Senior
Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement.

         "Senior  Subordinated Note Purchase  Agreement" shall mean that certain
Senior  Subordinated  Note  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of October 31,  1997,
between the Company and the  Guarantors  and the Investors  listed  therein,  as
amended by Amendment No. 1 to Senior  Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement dated
as of  November  14,  1997,  as  further  amended by  Amendment  No. 2 to Senior
Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement,  dated as of June 30, 1998, and as further
amended by the Third  Amendment to Senior  Subordinated  Debt,  and as hereafter
amended and in effect from time to time  (subject,  in the case of any amendment
or  modification  entered  into  after the date  hereof,  to the  consent of the
Required Lenders to the extent required by Section 6.14).

         "Subordinated   Debt"  shall  mean  all  Indebtedness  of  the  Company
subordinated to all obligations of the Company arising under this Agreement, the
Notes and the Letter of Credit Obligations, on terms and conditions satisfactory
in all  material  respects  to the Agent  and the  Required  Lenders,  including
without limitation,  with respect to interest rates, payment terms,  maturities,
amortization  schedules,   covenants,   defaults,  remedies,  and  subordination
provisions,  as  evidenced  by the written  approval  of the Agent and  Required
Lenders.

                                       16

<PAGE>

         "Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any  corporation,  partnership or
other Person of which a majority of all the outstanding capital stock (including
director's  qualifying shares) or other securities or ownership interests having
ordinary  voting  power to elect a majority of the board of  directors  or other
persons  performing  similar  functions  is,  at the time as of  which  any such
determination is being made,  directly or indirectly owned by such Person, or by
one or  more  of  the  Subsidiaries  of  such  Person,  and  which  corporation,
partnership  or other  Person is  consolidated  with such  Person for  financial
reporting purposes. Unless otherwise specified,  "Subsidiaries" and "Subsidiary"
shall mean the Subsidiaries and a Subsidiary, respectively, of the Company.

         "Supplemental  Documents"  shall mean the  supplements to the following
documents:  the Guaranty Agreement,  the Contribution  Agreement,  the Guarantor
Security  Agreement,  the Guarantor Pledge Agreement and the Guarantor Trademark
Security  Agreement,  as such  supplements are more  specifically  described and
shown in each respective document.

         "Swing  Line" shall have the  meaning  assigned to such term in Section
2.03(a).

         "Swing Line  Advance"  shall mean a Borrowing  pursuant to Section 2.03
consisting of a Swing Line Loan made by SunTrust to the Company on the same date
and interest rate basis.

         "Swing Line Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing  consisting or to consist
of a Swing Line Advance.

         "Swing  Line  Borrowing  Notice"  shall  mean the  notice  given by the
Company to  SunTrust  requesting  a Swing Line  Advance as  provided  in Section
2.03(b).

         "Swing Line  Loans"  shall  mean,  collectively,  the loans made to the
Company by SunTrust pursuant to Section 2.03.

         "Swing Line Note" shall mean the promissory  note  evidencing the Swing
Line  Loans  substantially  in the  form of  Exhibit  B and  duly  completed  in
accordance with the terms hereof.

         "Swing Line  Subcommitment"  shall mean the  commitment  of SunTrust to
make Swing Line Loans in an aggregate  principal  amount at any time outstanding
not to exceed $2,000,000.

         "Swing Rate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(c).

         "Swing Rate  Advance"  shall mean an Advance made or  outstanding  as a
Swing Line Loan bearing  interest based on the Swing Rate as provided in Section
2.17(c).

                                       17

<PAGE>

         "Swing Rate Quote" shall mean an offer by SunTrust to make a Swing Line
Loan to the Company at the Swing Rate specified  therein for the interest period
to be  applicable  to the Swing  Line Loan as  specified  therein,  pursuant  to
Section 2.03(b).

         "Tax" shall mean,  with  respect to any person or entity,  any federal,
state or foreign tax, assessment,  customs duties, or other governmental charge,
levy or assessment (including any withholding tax) upon such person or entity or
upon such person's or entity's assets,  revenues,  income or profits, other than
income and franchise taxes imposed upon any Lender by the  jurisdictions (or any
political  subdivision thereof) in which such Lender has its principal office or
office  from  which  its  Advances  are  made,   or  in  which  such  Lender  is
incorporated.

         "Third Amendment to Senior  Subordinated  Debt" shall mean that certain
Amendment No. 3 to Senior Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement,  dated as of May
4, 1999, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Investors listed therein.

         "Total  Capitalization" shall mean the sum of shareholders' equity plus
Subordinated Debt plus Senior Funded Debt.

         "Total  Commitments"  shall mean, at any time, the sum of the Revolving
Loan  Commitments,  including the Letter of Credit  Subcommitment of each of the
Lenders, and in the case of SunTrust, the Swing Line Subcommitment.

         "Total Revenues" shall mean, for any fiscal period of the Company,  the
total  revenues  of  the  Company  as  determined  on a  consolidated  basis  in
accordance with GAAP.

         "Underwriting Fee" shall mean the underwriting fee described in the Fee
Letter,   payable  on  the  Closing  Date  to  SunTrust   Equitable   Securities
Corporation.

         "United States" or "U.S." means the United States of America, its fifty
(50) States and the District of Columbia.

         "U.S.  Dollar"  "Dollar"  and "$" shall mean lawful money of the United
States of America.

         "Year 2000 Compliant" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.23.

         SECTION 1.02  Calculations;   Accounting  Terms.  Calculations  of  all
financial data herein shall be on a  consolidated  basis for the Company and all
Subsidiaries;  and all  accounting  terms used herein  shall,  unless  otherwise
expressly  indicated,  be in reference to the Company and its  Subsidiaries,  if
any, on a consolidated  basis, which may be accounted for in accordance with the
equity investment method (to the extent such method is in accordance with GAAP),
and  shall  have the  meanings  ascribed  thereto  under and be  interpreted  in

                                       18

<PAGE>

accordance  with GAAP. All  calculations  and  determinations  under Article VII
shall be made in accordance  with  accounting  principles  consistent with those
followed in the preparation of the annual or interim  financial  statements,  as
applicable, referred to in Section 5.02.

         SECTION 1.03  Other Definitional Provisions.

         (a) Except as otherwise  specified herein, all references herein (A) to
any Person, other than the Company or any Subsidiary, shall be deemed to include
such Person's successors,  transferees and assignees,  (B) to the Company or any
Subsidiary,  shall be deemed to include  such  Person's  successors,  (C) to any
Applicable  Law  specifically  defined  or  referred  to herein  shall be deemed
references  to such  Applicable  Law as the same may be amended or  supplemented
from time to time,  and (D) to any contract  defined or referred to herein shall
be deemed  references to such contract (and, in the case of any instrument,  any
other instrument issued in substitution  therefor) as the terms thereof may have
been or may be amended, supplemented,  waived or otherwise modified from time to
time.

         (b) When used in this  Agreement,  the  words  "herein",  "hereof"  and
"hereunder" and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole
and  not to any  provision  of  this  Agreement,  and  "Section",  "Subsection",
"Schedule"  and  "Exhibit"  shall  refer to  Sections  and  Subsections  of, and
Schedules and Exhibits to, this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

         (c) Whenever the context so requires,  the neuter  gender  includes the
masculine or feminine,  and the singular  number  includes the plural,  and vice
versa.

         (d) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings
when used in any Note or,  except as otherwise  expressly  stated  therein,  any
certificate, opinion or other Loan Document.

         SECTION 1.04 Captions. Article and Section  captions in this  Agreement
are included for  convenience  of reference only and shall not constitute a part
of this Agreement for any other purpose.


                                   ARTICLE II

                            AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS

         SECTION 2.01 Revolving Loan Commitments and Revolving Notes. Subject to
and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this  Agreement,  (i) each of the
Lenders  severally  establishes  until May 4, 2002,  unless  otherwise  extended
pursuant  to  Section  2.19  below  (May  4,  2002,  or such  later  date as the
Commitments have been extended pursuant to Section 2.19, is hereinafter referred
to as the "Commitment Termination Date") a revolving credit facility in favor of
the Company in aggregate principal at any one time outstanding not to


                                       19
<PAGE>

exceed the sum set forth  opposite such Lender's name below,  as the same may be
reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof:


SunTrust Bank, South Florida,            $42,500,000.00      56.67%
    National Association

Bank Austria Creditanstalt               $15,000,000.00      20.00%
   Corporate Finance, Inc.

The Provident Bank                       $10,000,000.00      13.33%

Bank Leumi Le-Israel B.M.                 $7,500,000.00      10.00%

TOTAL:                                   $75,000,000.00     100.00%

and (ii) each Lender agrees to purchase a participation  interest in the Letters
of Credit in  accordance  with this Article II;  provided,  however,  that in no
event may the aggregate  principal  amount of all outstanding  Revolving  Loans,
Swing Line Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding exceed at any time
the Total  Commitments  from time to time in  effect.  Within  the limits of the
Revolving Loan Commitments, the Company may borrow, repay and reborrow under the
terms of this Agreement;  provided,  however,  that (A) the aggregate  principal
amount  of each  Borrowing  shall  not be less  than  $500,000  and  shall be in
integral  multiples of $100,000,  (B) all of the Company's  representations  and
warranties are true and correct on and as of the date of each Borrowing, (C) the
Company may neither borrow nor reborrow should there exist a Default or an Event
of  Default,  or such  would  result  from  the  Borrowing,  (D)  the  aggregate
outstanding  amount of Advances and Letter of Credit  Obligations,  after giving
effect to each Borrowing and issuance of Letters of Credit, shall not exceed the
Total  Commitments,  and (E) the  aggregate  outstanding  amount of Advances and
Letter of Credit Obligations, after giving effect to each Borrowing and issuance
of Letters of Credit,  shall not exceed the  aggregate  amount of the  Borrowing
Base. At no time shall the number of Borrowings  outstanding  under this Article
II exceed  six;  provided  that,  for the purpose of  determining  the number of
Borrowings outstanding, all Borrowings consisting of Base Rate Advances shall be
considered as one  Borrowing.  Borrowings  under the  Commitments  shall be made
through  simultaneous  Advances  by the  Lenders,  and the  amount  of each such
Borrowing  shall be prorated  among such Lenders  based on the  percentages  set
forth  above.  All  Advances  by each  Lender  shall  be  evidenced  by a single
Revolving  Note payable to such Lender in the form of Exhibit A attached  hereto
with appropriate insertions. Each Revolving Note shall be dated the date hereof,
shall be payable to the order of the  respective  Lender in a  principal  amount
equal to the amount set forth  opposite  such  Lender's  name above,  shall bear
interest as provided for in this  Agreement  and shall mature on the  Commitment
Termination  Date or sooner should the principal and accrued interest thereon be
declared  immediately  due and payable as provided  for herein.  No Lender shall
have any  obligation  to  advance  funds in  excess  of an  amount  equal to the
percentage set forth  opposite such Lender's name above  multiplied by the Total
Commitments.

                                       20

<PAGE>

         SECTION 2.02 Method of Borrowing Under the Commitments.

         (a) The  Company  shall  give the Agent  written or  telephonic  notice
(promptly   confirmed  in  writing)  of  any  requested   Borrowing   under  the
Commitments,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (a "Notice
of  Borrowing"),  specifying (i) the amount of the Borrowing,  and (ii) the date
the  proposed  Borrowing  is to be made (which  shall be a Business  Day).  Each
Notice  of  Borrowing  shall be given to the  Agent (x) in the case of Base Rate
Advances,  not later than 11:00 a.m.  (Ft.  Lauderdale,  Florida  time) the same
Business Day of such requested  Borrowing or (y) in the case of LIBOR  Advances,
at least three Business Days before the date such  requested  Borrowing is to be
made (which shall be a Business Day). The Agent shall be entitled to rely on any
telephonic  Notice of  Borrowing  which it  believes  in good faith to have been
given by an  Executive  Officer of the  Company,  and any  Advances  made by the
Lenders based on such  telephonic  notice shall,  when deposited by the Agent to
the  Company's  Account No.  0128320009032  at  SunTrust,  be  Advances  for all
purposes hereunder.

         (b)  Whenever  the  Company  desires to convert  all or a portion of an
outstanding  Borrowing  consisting  of  Base  Rate  Advances  into  one or  more
Borrowings  consisting of LIBOR Advances,  or to continue a Borrowing consisting
of LIBOR  Advances for a new Interest  Period,  it shall give the Agent  written
notice or  telephonic  notice  (promptly  confirmed  in  writing) at least three
Business Days before the date of such conversion, specifying each such Borrowing
to be converted into or continued as LIBOR  Advances.  Such notice (a "Notice of
Interest Rate Conversion")  shall be given prior to 11:00 a.m. (Ft.  Lauderdale,
Florida  time)  on the  date  specified.  Each  such  Notice  of  Interest  Rate
Conversion shall be irrevocable and shall specify the aggregate principal amount
of the Advances to be converted or  continued,  the date of such  conversion  or
continuation and the Interest Period applicable thereto. If, upon the expiration
of any  Interest  Period in respect of any  Borrowing,  the  Company  shall have
failed to deliver the Notice of Interest Rate  Conversion,  the Company shall be
deemed to have  elected to convert or  continue  such  Borrowing  to a Borrowing
consisting  of Base Rate  Advances.  So long as any  Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be  continuing,  no Borrowing  may be converted  into or
continued as (upon  expiration of the current  Interest  Period) LIBOR  Advances
unless the Agent and each of the  Lenders  shall  have  otherwise  consented  in
writing.  No conversion of any  Borrowing of LIBOR  Advances  shall be permitted
except on the last day of the Interest Period in respect thereof.

         (c) Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Interest  Rate
Conversion  from the Company,  the Agent shall notify the Lenders by  telephone,
which notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing (including by telecopier) by
the Agent to such  Lenders,  of such Notice of  Borrowing  or Notice of Interest
Rate  Conversion  and of each  such  Lender's  Pro Rata  Share of the  requested
Borrowing or Interest Rate Conversion. Not later than 1:00 p.m. (Ft. Lauderdale,
Florida  time)  on the  date  specified  for  the  Borrowing  or  Interest  Rate
Conversion in the Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Interest Rate  Conversion and
in the notice to such Lender  provided by the Agent,  each Lender shall promptly
make  its  portion  of the  Borrowing  available  to the  Agent  in  immediately
available funds, and the Agent shall make available to the Company the amount so
received by the Agent from the Lenders not later than 3:00 p.m. (Ft. Lauderdale,


                                       21
<PAGE>

Florida  time) on such  date.  In the event any  Lender  shall  fail to make any
Advance available to the Agent in immediately  available funds by 1:00 p.m. (Ft.
Lauderdale,  Florida  time) on the date  specified,  and  provided no Default or
Event of Default  shall have occurred and be  continuing,  the Agent may advance
such Lender's portion of the Borrowing on behalf of such Lender,  in which event
such Lender shall  promptly  reimburse the Agent for the amount thereof plus (i)
if the amount of such Lender's Advance is reimbursed to the Agent on or prior to
the calendar day next  succeeding  the date of the  Borrowing,  interest on such
amount at the rate equal to the  Federal  Funds  Rate,  or (ii) if the amount of
such  Lender's  Advance is  reimbursed  to the Agent after the calendar day next
succeeding the day of the  Borrowing,  interest on such amount at the Base Rate;
provided, however, that any such reimbursement by the Company to the Agent shall
not relieve  such  Lender who fails to make any  Advance as provided  above from
liability to the Company for such failure.  The amount of interest  payable as a
result of any Lender's failure to make any Advance available shall be calculated
on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the  actual  number of days such
failure has continued  (including the date of payment).  If the Company fails to
reimburse  the Agent as provided in this Section  2.02(c),  then the Agent shall
have the right to deduct any amounts owed to it hereunder from Advances it makes
to the Company in subsequent Borrowings made by the Company.

         SECTION 2.03 Swing Line Subcommitment.

         (a) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, SunTrust
hereby establishes a subcommitment within its Revolving Loan Commitment of up to
an aggregate of  $2,000,000  (the "Swing  Line") to  accommodate  the short term
borrowing  needs of the Company.  Sections  3.01 and 3.02 shall apply equally to
Borrowings  made  through  the  Swing  Line  and  Borrowings  or  Interest  Rate
Conversions  requested or made through Section 2.02. The aggregate amount of all
Borrowings  under the Swing  Line  shall not at any time  exceed  the Swing Line
Subcommitment,  and to the extent any Borrowing under the Swing Line would cause
such a result  after giving  effect  thereto,  the Company  shall be required to
request such Borrowing under Section  2.02(a) hereof.  Any Borrowing made by the
Company under the Swing Line shall be for a period not to exceed 30 days.

         (b)  Whenever the Company  desires to make a Borrowing  under the Swing
Line,  it shall give  SunTrust  prior  written or  telephonic  notice  (promptly
confirmed in writing) of any  requested  Borrowing  under the Swing Line (each a
"Swing Line  Borrowing  Notice")  prior to 11:00 a.m. (Ft.  Lauderdale,  Florida
time) on the date of such  Borrowing.  Each Swing Line  Borrowing  Notice  shall
specify the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Borrowing,  the date of
such Swing Line  Borrowing  (which  shall be a  Business  Day) and the  interest
period to be applicable  thereto.  SunTrust  shall make available to the Company
the amount of the  Borrowing  requested in the Swing Line  Borrowing  Notice not
later than 3:00 p.m. (Ft. Lauderdale,  Florida time) on such date, provided that
(i) no Default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing  and
(ii) the aggregated principle amount of the Swing Line Borrowings, including the
requested Borrowing under such Swing Line Borrowing Notice,  shall be no greater
than the Swing Line Subcommitment.



                                       22
<PAGE>

         (c) The Company's  obligation to pay the principal of, and interest on,
the Swing Line Loans shall be  evidenced  by the records of SunTrust  and by the
Swing Line Note payable to SunTrust (or its  assignee)  completed in  conformity
with this Agreement.

         (d) The outstanding  principal  amount under each Swing Line Loan shall
be due and payable in full on the Commitment Termination Date.

         (e) Each  Borrowing  under the Swing Line shall deemed to be made under
SunTrust's  Commitment to the extent of any Availability  thereunder on the date
such Borrowing is made.

         SECTION  2.04 Letter of Credit Subcommitment.  Subject to, and upon the
terms and  conditions,  hereof  (including the  limitations of Section 2.01) the
Company may request,  in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.04 and
Section 2.05,  that on and after the Closing  Date,  the Agent issue a Letter or
Letters of Credit for the account of the Company;  provided,  that (i) no Letter
of Credit shall have an expiration date that is later than ten days prior to the
Commitment  Termination  Date;  (ii) each  Letter of Credit  issued by the Agent
shall be in a stated amount of at least $250,000;  (iii) the Agent shall have no
obligation  to issue any  Letter of  Credit,  if,  after  giving  effect to such
issuance,  the aggregate Letter of Credit Obligations would exceed the Letter of
Credit  Subcommitment;  and (iv) the Agent shall have no obligation to issue any
Letter of Credit,  if,  after  giving  effect to such  issuance,  the sum of the
outstanding  Revolving Loans,  Swing Line Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations
would exceed the Total Commitments or the Borrowing Base.

        SECTION 2.05 Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit; Agreement to Issue.

         (a) Whenever the Company desires the issuance of a Letter of Credit, it
shall, in addition to any application and documentation  procedures  required by
the Agent for the  issuance  of such  Letter of  Credit,  deliver to the Agent a
written  notice no later than 11:00 A.M.  (Atlanta,  Georgia  time) at least ten
(10) days in advance of the proposed  date of  issuance.  Each such notice shall
specify (i) the proposed date of issuance  (which shall be a Business Day); (ii)
the face amount of the Letter of Credit; (iii) the expiration date of the Letter
of Credit; and (iv) the name and address of the beneficiary with respect to such
Letter of Credit and shall attach a precise description of the documentation and
a verbatim text of any  certificate  to be presented by the  beneficiary of such
Letter of Credit which would  require the Agent to make payment under the Letter
of Credit, provided that the Agent may require changes in any such documents and
certificates in accordance with its customary  letter of credit  practices,  and
provided  further,  that no Letter of Credit  shall  require  payment  against a
conforming  draft to be made thereunder on the same Business Day that such draft
is presented if such  presentation  is made after 11:00 A.M.  (Fort  Lauderdale,
Florida  time).  In determining  whether to pay under any Letter of Credit,  the
Agent shall be responsible  only to determine that the documents and certificate
required to be  delivered  under its Letter of Credit have been  delivered,  and
that they  comply on their face with the  requirements  of the Letter of Credit.
Promptly after receiving the notice of issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Agent
shall  notify each Lender of such  Lender's  respective  participation  therein,

                                       23

<PAGE>

determined in  accordance  with its  respective  Pro Rata Share of the Revolving
Loan  Commitments  as  determined  on the date of the issuance of such Letter of
Credit.

         (b) The Agent agrees,  subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement, to issue for the account of the Company, a Letter of Credit in a
face  amount  equal to the face  amount  requested  under  paragraph  (a) above,
following  its  receipt  of a notice  and the  application  and other  documents
required by Section  2.05(a).  Immediately  upon the  issuance of each Letter of
Credit,  each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees to, have  irrevocably
purchased  from the Agent a  participation  in such  Letter  of  Credit  and any
drawing thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender's Pro Rata Share multiplied
by the face amount of such Letter of Credit.

         SECTION 2.06 Payment of Amounts drawn under Letter of Credit.

         (a) In the  event of any  request  for a drawing  under  any  Letter of
Credit by the  beneficiary  thereof,  the Agent shall notify the Company and the
Lenders on or before the date on which the Agent  intends to honor such drawing,
and the Company  shall  reimburse  the Agent on the day on which such drawing is
honored in an amount,  in same day funds,  equal to the amount of such  drawing,
provided   that   anything   contained   in  this   Agreement  to  the  contrary
notwithstanding, unless the Company shall have notified the Agent prior to 11:00
A.M. (Fort  Lauderdale,  Florida time) on the Business Day immediately  prior to
the date on which such drawing is honored, that the Company intends to reimburse
the Agent for the amount of such  drawing in funds  other than the  proceeds  of
Revolving  Loans,  the Company  shall be deemed to have timely given a Notice of
Borrowing to the Agent  requesting  Revolving Loans which are Base Rate Advances
on the date on which such drawing is honored in an amount equal to the amount of
such drawing, and the Lenders shall by 1:00 P.M. (Fort Lauderdale, Florida time)
on the date of such drawing,  make Revolving  Loans which are Base Rate Advances
in the amount of such drawing,  the proceeds of which shall be applied  directly
by the Agent to  reimburse  the Agent for the amount of such  drawing,  provided
that for the purposes  solely of such  Borrowing,  the conditions and precedents
set forth in Sections 3.01 and 3.02 hereof shall not be applicable, and provided
further that if for any reason  proceeds of the Revolving Loans are not received
by the Agent on such date in the amount equal to the amount of such drawing, the
Company shall reimburse the Agent on the Business Day immediately  following the
date of such drawing in an amount,  in dollars and immediately  available funds,
equal to the  excess  of the  amount  of such  drawing  over the  amount of such
Revolving  Loans,  if any, which are so received,  plus accrued  interest on the
amount at the applicable rate of interest for Base Rate Advances.

         (b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to
the extent that any Letter of Credit or portion thereof  remains  outstanding on
the Commitment  Termination  Date, the parties hereby agree that the beneficiary
or beneficiaries thereof shall be deemed to have made a drawing of all available
amounts pursuant to such Letters of Credit on the Commitment  Termination  Date,
which amounts shall be reimbursed to the Agent as set forth above.

                                       24

<PAGE>

         SECTION  2.07 Payment by Lenders.  In the event that the Company  shall
fail to reimburse  the Agent as provided in Section 2.06 by borrowing  Revolving
Loans,  or  otherwise  providing  an amount  equal to the amount of any  drawing
honored by the Agent  pursuant  to any Letter of Credit  issued by it, the Agent
shall promptly notify each Lender of the unreimbursed amount of such drawing and
of such  Lender's  respective  participation  therein.  Each  Lender  shall make
available  to the  Agent an amount  equal to its  respective  participation,  in
dollars and in immediately available funds, at the office of the Agent specified
in such notice not later than 1:00 P.M. (Fort  Lauderdale,  Florida time) on the
Business  Day after the date  notified by the Agent.  In the event that any such
Lender  fails  to make  available  to the  Agent  the  amount  of such  Lender's
participation  in such Letter of Credit,  the Agent shall be entitled to recover
such amount on demand from such Lender  together with interest on such amount at
the Base Rate.  The Agent shall  distribute  to each other Lender which has paid
all amounts  payable  under this  Section  with respect to any Letter of Credit,
such  Lender's  Pro Rata Share of all  payments  received  by the Agent from the
Company in  reimbursement  of drawings honored by the Agent under such Letter of
Credit when such payments are received.

         SECTION 2.08  Obligations  Absolute.  The  obligation of the Company to
reimburse  the Agent for drawings  made under  Letters of Credit  issued for the
account of the Company and the Lenders' obligation to honor their participations
purchased  therein  shall be  unconditional  and  irrevocable  and shall be paid
strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances,
including without limitation, the following circumstances:

         (a) Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit;

         (b) The existence of any claim,  set-off,  defense or other right which
the Company or any  Subsidiary  or Affiliate of the Company may have at any time
against a beneficiary  or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons
or entities for whom any such  beneficiary  or  transferee  may be acting),  any
Lender or any other  Person,  whether in  connection  with this  Agreement,  the
transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including without
limitation  any  underlying  transaction  between  the  Company  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries  and Affiliates and the beneficiary for which such Letter of Credit
was  procured);  provided that nothing in this Section shall affect the right of
the Company to seek relief against any  beneficiary,  transferee,  Lender or any
other Person in any action or proceeding or to bring a counterclaim  in any suit
involving such Persons;

         (c) Any draft,  demand,  certificate  or any other  document  presented
under any Letter of Credit  proving to be forged,  fraudulent  or invalid in any
respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

         (d)  Payment  by  the  Agent   under  any  Letter  of  Credit   against
presentation of a demand,  draft or certificate or other document which does not
comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

                                       25

<PAGE>

         (e) Any other circumstance or happening  whatsoever which is similar to
any of the foregoing; or

         (f) the fact that a Default or an Event of Default  shall have occurred
and be continuing.

         SECTION 2.09 Indemnification; Nature of Agent's Duties.

         (a)  In  addition  to  amounts  payable  elsewhere   provided  in  this
Agreement, without duplication, the Company hereby agrees to protect, indemnify,
pay and save the Agent and each  Lender  harmless  from and  against any and all
claims,  demands,  liabilities,  damages,  losses, costs, charges and reasonable
expenses  (including  reasonable  attorney's fees and  disbursements)  which the
Agent or any  Lender  may incur or be  subject  to as a  consequence,  direct or
indirect,  of (i) the  issuance  of any Letter of Credit for the  account of the
Company, other than as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
the Agent;  or (ii) the failure of the Agent to honor a drawing under any Letter
of Credit due to any act or  omission  (whether  rightful  or  wrongful)  of any
present or future de jure or de facto government or governmental authority.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  any other provision  contained in this Agreement,
the Agent shall not be  obligated  to issue any Letter of Credit,  nor shall any
Lender be obligated to purchase its  participation in any Letter of Credit to be
issued  hereunder,  if the issuance of such Letter of Credit or purchase of such
participation shall have become unlawful or prohibited by compliance by Agent or
such Lender in good faith with any law, governmental rule,  guideline,  request,
order, injunction,  judgment or decree (whether or not having the force of law);
provided  that in the  case of the  obligation  of a  Lender  to  purchase  such
participation,  such  Lender  shall have  notified  the Agent to such  effect in
writing at least ten (10)  Business  Days' prior to the issuance  thereof by the
Agent,  which notice  shall  relieve the Agent of its  obligation  to issue such
Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.04 and Section 2.05 hereof.

         SECTION  2.10  Prepayment  of  Borrowings  Under the  Commitments.  The
Company  shall have the right to prepay  Borrowings  under the  Commitments,  in
whole at any time or in part from time to time, without premium or penalty (but,
in the case of LIBOR Advances, subject to the funding indemnification provisions
of Section  2.22),  provided  that (i) the Company gives the Agent prior written
notice of such prepayment, specifying the date such prepayment will occur (which
shall be a Business Day), (x) in the case of any Base Rate Advance, at least one
Business  Day in  advance  of such date or (y) in the case of any LIBOR  Advance
during an Interest Period, at least three Business Days in advance of such date,
(ii) each  partial  prepayment  shall be in an amount of at least  $500,000  and
integral  multiples of  $100,000,  (iii)  prepayments  shall be applied to repay
Borrowings  under the Commitments in the order set forth in Section 2.13 hereof,
and (iv) such  prepayments  include  interest  accrued,  on the principal amount
prepaid, to the prepayment date.

                                       26

<PAGE>

         SECTION 2.11 Mandatory Prepayments.

         (a) If the sum of the (i) aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
Revolving Loans, (ii) aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of the Swing Line
Loans,  and  (iii)  Letter of  Credit  Obligations  exceed at any time the Total
Commitments, as reduced pursuant to Section 2.10 or otherwise, the Company shall
immediately  repay the  Revolving  Loans,  Swing  Line Loans or Letter of Credit
Obligations  by an amount equal to such  excess.  Each  prepayment  of Revolving
Loans shall be applied  first to Base Rate  Advances to the full extent  thereof
before application to LIBOR Advances.

         (b) The Company shall make a mandatory  prepayment  from 100 percent of
the  after-tax  net  proceeds  received  by the  Company  from any sale or other
disposition by the Company of any of its assets,  provided,  however,  that such
prepayment provision shall not apply to the sales of inventory by the Company in
the ordinary  course of business or assets  disposed of as part of the Company's
standard  acquisition  procedures (such assets to include  high-pressure  tanks,
motorized vehicles,  including cars and trucks, and lines of business other than
carbon  dioxide  that may be  obtained  by the  Company  as part of the group of
assets of any corporation or other business entity the Company may acquire), and
certain other sales to be agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Required
Lenders.

         (c) The Company shall make a mandatory  prepayment  from 100 percent of
net proceeds of any offering of debt;  provided,  however,  that this  provision
shall  not  include  (i)  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the  proceeds  of  the  new
Subordinated Debt issued pursuant to the Third Amendment to Senior  Subordinated
Debt, and (ii) any purchase money obligations paid to the Company.

         (d)  Notwithstanding  anything in this  Agreement to the  contrary,  no
reduction  in the  Commitments  shall be required  hereunder  as a result of any
mandatory prepayment under this Section 2.11.

         SECTION 2.12 Voluntary Reduction of Commitments. Upon at least five (5)
Business Days' prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly  confirmed in
writing) to the Agent,  which notice shall  specify (1) the amount by which such
Commitments are to be terminated and (2) the date such  termination is to occur,
the Company shall have the right,  without premium or penalty,  to terminate the
Commitments,  in whole or in part,  provided  that (a) any  partial  termination
pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be in an amount of at least  $5,000,000  and
integral  multiples of $5,000,000  and (b) any such  termination  shall apply to
reduce  proportionately  and  permanently  the  Commitments.  If  the  aggregate
principal  amount  of  Advances  exceeds  the  amount of the  Commitments  as so
reduced,  the Company shall  immediately repay Borrowings under such Commitments
by an amount equal to such excess,  together with accrued but unpaid interest on
such excess.


                                       27

<PAGE>

         SECTION 2.13 Allocation of Payments.

         (a) All  principal  and  interest  payments and  prepayments  made with
respect  to  Advances  and  payments  in  respect  of  Commitment  Fees shall be
allocated among all outstanding  Commitments and Advances to which such payments
relate,   proportionately   based  on  the  Lenders'  Pro  Rata  Shares  of  the
Commitments.

         (b) All payments  made to the Agent by the Company  shall be applied in
the following order:  (a) first, to the  reimbursement of any fees which are due
and payable, and expenses incurred by and then due and payable to, the Agent, in
accordance   with  the  terms  of  this   Agreement,   in  connection  with  the
administration of the Commitments and otherwise (to the extent any such fees are
payable by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement);  (b) second, to
the  payment  of any  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and Fees which are due and
payable,  pro rata to the Lenders based upon their respective Pro Rata Shares of
the Commitments; and (c) finally, to the payment of outstanding Advances.

         SECTION 2.14 Termination of Commitments.  The unpaid principal  balance
and all  accrued and unpaid  interest on the Notes will be due and payable  upon
the first of the following  dates or events to occur:  (i)  acceleration  of the
maturity of any Note in accordance  with the remedies  contained in Section 8.02
of this  Agreement;  or (ii)  upon  the  expiration  of the  Commitments  on the
Commitment Termination Date.

         SECTION 2.15 Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of each Borrowing under the
Commitments will be used by the Company solely to make Capital  Expenditures and
to provide for the working capital and general corporate needs of the Company.

         SECTION 2.16 Fees.

         (a) On the Closing Date,  the Company  shall pay to SunTrust  Equitable
Securities  Corporation,  the Underwriting  Fee, which shall be fully earned and
nonrefundable when paid.

         (b)  On the  Closing  Date  and on  each  anniversary  thereof,  if the
Commitments are extended  pursuant to Section 2.19, the Company shall pay to the
Agent the Agent Fee, which fee shall be nonrefundable when paid.

         (c)  The  Company  shall  pay to the  Agent,  for  the  account  of and
distribution  of the  respective  Pro Rata Share to each Lender  (subject to the
last sentence  hereof),  a commitment fee (the "Commitment  Fee") for the period
commencing on the Closing Date to and including the Commitment Termination Date,
computed at a rate equal to the Applicable  Commitment Fee Percentage multiplied
by the average daily unused portion of the Commitments of the Lenders,  such fee
being  payable  quarterly in arrears on the last day of each  calendar  quarter,
commencing  on June  30,  1999,  and on the  Commitment  Termination  Date.  The
Commitment  Fee will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual
number of days elapsed.

                                       28

<PAGE>

         (d) The Company shall pay, quarterly in arrears on the last day of each
calendar quarter, commencing on June 30, 1999, and on the Commitment Termination
Date, (i) to the Agent,  for the account of and  distribution  of the respective
Pro Rata Share to each  Lender,  a letter of credit fee equal to the  Applicable
Margin for LIBOR Advances  multiplied by the average daily  aggregate  Letter of
Credit  Obligations,  and (ii) to the Agent,  for its own  account,  a letter of
credit  fronting fee equal to one-quarter of one percent  (0.25%)  multiplied by
the stated face amount of such  Letter of Credit  (collectively,  the "Letter of
Credit Fee").

         (e) The Company hereby authorizes the Agent to withdraw an amount equal
to the fees which are due and payable  under  clauses (a), (b) or (c) above from
any of its  accounts  with the Agent if not paid on the due date for such  fees.
The Agent  shall  give the  Company  notice of any such  withdrawals,  provided,
however,  that failure by the Agent to give the Company notice shall not prevent
the Agent from making any such withdrawals under this Section.

         SECTION 2.17 Interest.

         (a) For  Borrowings  other than those  made under the Swing  Line,  the
Company  shall be  entitled  to select  between  the  following  two  options to
establish  the rate of  interest  at which the  unpaid  principal  amount of the
Revolving Notes shall accrue:

              (i) Base Rate  Advances - interest  shall  accrue at the Base Rate
         plus the Applicable Margin; or

             (ii) LIBOR  Advances  -  interest  shall  accrue at LIBOR  plus the
         Applicable Margin.

         (b) Interest on the  Revolving  Notes for  Borrowings  other than those
made under the Swing Line shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and
shall be payable to the Lenders as follows:

              (i) Base  Rate  Advances  -- on the last day of every  quarter  in
         arrears; and

             (ii) LIBOR  Advances -- at the  expiration of each Interest  Period
         and, with respect to advances  made for an Interest  Period longer than
         three months,  also on the last day of each three-month period prior to
         the expiration of the Interest Period.

         (c) For  Borrowings  made under the Swing Line, the rate of interest at
which the unpaid principal shall accrue on the Swing Line Note shall be equal to
the Base Rate on the  applicable  day of the Swing Line  Borrowing  Notice  (the
"Swing Rate").

                                       29

<PAGE>
         SECTION 2.18 Interest Periods.

         (a) In  connection  with the making or  continuation  of, or conversion
into,  each  Borrowing of LIBOR  Advances,  the Company shall select an Interest
Period to be applicable to such LIBOR Advance,  which  Interest  Period shall be
either a 1, 2, 3 or 6 month period.

         (b) In  connection  with the  making  of each Base  Rate  Advance,  the
Company and the Lenders  shall agree on an Interest  Period  acceptable  to both
sides.

         (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) or (b) above:

              (i) The  initial  Interest  Period  for  any  Borrowing  of  LIBOR
         Advances shall  commence on the date of such  Borrowing  (including the
         date  of any  conversion  from a  Borrowing  consisting  of  Base  Rate
         Advances) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of a
         continuation  of such Borrowing  shall commence on the day on which the
         immediately preceding Interest Period expires;

             (ii) If any Interest Period would  otherwise  expire on a day which
         is not a Business Day,  such  Interest  Period shall expire on the next
         succeeding  Business  Day,  provided  that if any  Interest  Period  in
         respect of LIBOR Advances would otherwise expire on a day that is not a
         Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further  Business
         Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the next
         preceding Business Day;

            (iii) Any Interest  Period in respect of LIBOR Advances which begins
         on a day for which  there is no  numerically  corresponding  day in the
         calendar  month at the end of such Interest  Period  shall,  subject to
         part (iv)  below,  expire  on the last  Business  Day of such  calendar
         month; and

             (iv) No Interest  Period with respect to the Advances  shall extend
         beyond the Commitment Termination Date.

         SECTION 2.19 Extension of Commitments.  No earlier than 120 days but no
later than 90 days prior to the then applicable Commitment Termination Date, the
Company  may request  that the  Commitment  Termination  Date be extended by the
Lenders for an additional 364-day or longer period. The Lenders may agree or not
agree to such  extension  in the  exercise of their sole  discretion;  provided,
however,  that the Agent shall inform the Company no later than 60 days prior to
the then applicable  Commitment  Termination Date of the Lenders' decision as to
whether to extend the  Commitment  Termination  Date.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein to the contrary, the Commitment Termination Date may only be extended, in
the aggregate,  for up to an additional two-year period pursuant to this Section
2.19. If the Lenders agree, in their sole  discretion,  to extend the Commitment
Termination  Date,  then  the  applicable  Commitment   Termination  Date  shall
automatically  be so extended upon written notice thereof being delivered by the
Lenders to the Company and completion by the Company and its Subsidiaries of any
conditions to such extension required by the Lenders.

                                       30

<PAGE>

         SECTION 2.20 Increased Costs.

         (a) If, by reason of (x) after the date hereof,  the introduction of or
any change (including,  without  limitation,  any change by way of imposition or
increase  of reserve  requirements)  in or in the  interpretation  of any law or
regulation, or (y) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central
bank or other governmental authority or quasi-governmental  authority exercising
control over banks or financial  institutions  generally  (whether or not having
the force of law):

              (i) any Lender (or its applicable Lending Office) shall be subject
         to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to its LIBOR  Advances or
         its  obligation  to make LIBOR  Advances,  or the basis of  taxation of
         payments  to any Lender of the  principal  of or  interest on its LIBOR
         Advances or its  obligation to make LIBOR  Advances  shall have changed
         (except  for  changes in the tax on the  overall  net income of, or any
         franchise tax on, such Lender or its applicable  Lending Office imposed
         by the jurisdiction in which such Lender's  principal  executive office
         or applicable Lending Office is located); or

             (ii) any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the
         Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System),  special deposit or
         similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account
         of, or credit extended by, any Lender's applicable Lending Office shall
         be imposed or deemed  applicable or any other  condition  affecting its
         LIBOR  Advances  or its  obligation  to make  LIBOR  Advances  shall be
         imposed on any Lender or its  applicable  Lending  Office or the London
         interbank market;

and as a result  thereof  there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender
of agreeing to make or making,  funding or maintaining LIBOR Advances (except to
the extent already  included in the  determination of LIBOR for LIBOR Advances),
or there  shall be a reduction  in the amount  received  or  receivable  by such
Lender or its  applicable  Lending  Office,  then the Company shall from time to
time,  upon written notice from and demand by such Lender on the Company (with a
copy of such notice and demand to the  Agent),  pay to the Agent for the account
of such  Lender  within  five  Business  Days after the date of such  notice and
demand,  additional  amounts  sufficient to indemnify  such Lender  against such
increased cost. A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted
to the Company and the Agent by such Lender in good faith and  accompanied  by a
statement  prepared by such Lender describing in reasonable detail the basis for
and  calculation of such increased  cost,  shall,  except for manifest error, be
final,  conclusive  and binding for all purposes.  In the event that the Company
shall pay the increased  costs  accrued  through the date of payment as required
under this  Section  2.20(a),  plus any funding  losses as  described in Section
2.22,  then the  Company  shall have the right to  convert  the  relevant  LIBOR
Advance to a Base Rate Advance,  as provided in Section 2.02,  and the Agent and
each of the Lenders  shall be deemed to have given  their  consent  thereto,  as
required thereunder.


                                       31

<PAGE>

         (b) If any Lender shall  advise the Agent that at any time,  because of
the circumstances  described in clauses (x) or (y) in Subsection  2.20(a) or any
other  circumstances  beyond such Lender's  reasonable control arising after the
date of this Agreement  affecting such Lender or the London  interbank market or
the United  States  secondary  certificate  of deposit  market or such  Lender's
position in such markets, LIBOR, as determined by the Agent, will not adequately
and fairly reflect the cost to such Lender of funding its LIBOR Advances,  then,
and in any such event:

              (i) the Agent shall forthwith give notice (by telephone  confirmed
         in writing) to the Company and to the other Lenders of such advice;

             (ii) the Company's right to request and such Lender's obligation to
         make or permit  portions  of the Loans to remain  outstanding  past the
         last day of the then current  Interest  Periods as LIBOR Advances shall
         be immediately suspended; and

            (iii)  such  Lender  shall  make a Loan  as  part  of the  requested
         Borrowing  of  LIBOR  Advances,  as the  case  may be,  as a Base  Rate
         Advance, which such Base Rate Advance shall, for all other purposes, be
         considered part of such Borrowing.

         SECTION 2.21 Capital  Adequacy.  If, after the date of this  Agreement,
any Lender shall have  determined  that the adoption of any applicable law, rule
or regulation  regarding capital adequacy,  or any change therein, or any change
in the interpretation or administration  thereof by any governmental  authority,
central  bank  or  comparable   agency  charged  with  the   interpretation   or
administration  thereof,  or  compliance  by such  Lender  with any  request  or
directive regarding capital adequacy not currently in effect or fully applicable
as of the  Closing  Date  (whether  or not  having the force of law) of any such
authority,  central bank or comparable  agency,  has or would have the effect of
reducing the rate of return on such  Lender's  capital as a  consequence  of its
obligations  hereunder  to a level  below  that  which  such  Lender  could have
achieved but for such adoption,  change or compliance (taking into consideration
such Lender's  policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by
such Lender to be material,  then,  from time to time,  promptly  upon demand by
such Lender (with a copy to the Agent),  the Company  shall pay such Lender such
additional  amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction.
A certificate of any Lender  claiming  compensation  under this Section 2.21 and
setting forth the additional  amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall
be conclusive absent manifest error. In determining any such amount, such Lender
may use any  reasonable  averaging  and  attribution  methods.  Each Lender will
promptly notify the Company of any such adoption,  change or compliance of which
it has knowledge which will entitle such Lender to compensation pursuant to this
Section,  but the  failure to give such notice  shall not affect  such  Lender's
right to such compensation provided such Lender gives such notice within 90 days
after an officer of such Lender having  responsibility for the administration of
this Agreement  shall have received  actual notice of such  adoption,  change or
compliance.

                                       32

<PAGE>

         SECTION 2.22 Funding Losses.  The Company shall compensate each Lender,
upon its written request to the Company (which request shall set forth the basis
for requesting such amounts in reasonable detail and which request shall be made
in good faith and, absent manifest error, shall be final, conclusive and binding
upon all of the  parties  hereto),  for all  losses,  expenses  and  liabilities
(including,  without limitation,  any interest paid by such Lender to lenders of
funds borrowed by it to make or carry its LIBOR Advances,  in either case to the
extent not recoverable by such Lender in connection with a re-employment of such
funds and including loss of anticipated profits,  which the Lender may sustain):
(i) if for any reason  (other than a default by such Lender) a borrowing  of, or
conversion to or  continuation  of, LIBOR Advances to the Company does not occur
on the date  specified  therefor in a Notice of  Borrowing or Notice of Interest
Rate  Conversion  (whether or not withdrawn),  (ii) if any repayment  (including
mandatory  prepayments and any conversions) of any LIBOR Advances by the Company
occurs  on a date  which is not the last day of an  Interest  Period  applicable
thereto,  or (iii) if, for any reason, the Company defaults in its obligation to
repay its LIBOR Advances when required by the terms of this Agreement.

         SECTION 2.23 Making of Payments.

         (a) The Fees and all  payments of  principal  of, or  interest  on, the
Notes,  and  payments  in  respect of the  Letters  of Credit,  shall be made in
immediately   available  funds  free  and  clear  of  any  defenses,   set-offs,
counterclaims  or  withholdings  or  deductions  for  taxes to the  Agent at its
principal office in Ft. Lauderdale,  Florida, for the accounts of the respective
Lenders.  All  such  payments  shall be made  not  later  than  1:00  p.m.  (Ft.
Lauderdale,  Florida time) and funds received after that hour shall be deemed to
have been received by the Agent on the next following  Business Day. Payments to
the Agent shall, as to the Company, constitute payment to the applicable Lenders
hereunder, other than Swing Line Loans.

         (b) Subject to Subsection 2.18(c)(ii),  whenever any payment to be made
hereunder or under any Revolving  Note or the Swing Line Note shall be stated to
be due on a day  which is not a  Business  Day,  the due date  thereof  shall be
extended to the next  succeeding  Business Day and,  with respect to payments of
principal,  interest thereon shall be payable at the applicable rate during such
extension.

         (c) On the  Business  Day that a payment is  received or deemed to have
been received hereunder, the Agent shall remit in immediately available funds to
each Lender its share,  based on the  percentages  set forth in Section 2.01, of
all payments received by the Agent on the Revolving Notes.

         SECTION 2.24 Default Rate of Interest.  Upon the  occurrence and during
the  continuance of an Event of Default set forth in Section 8.01, to the extent
permitted  by  law,  all  unpaid  amounts  hereunder  shall,  on such  date  and
thereafter,  accrue at the then applicable  interest rate plus an additional two
percent  (2.0%) per annum until payment in full,  provided,  that, for any LIBOR
Advance, at the end of the applicable Interest Period,  interest shall accrue at

                                       33

<PAGE>

the Base Rate plus two percent (2.0%) per annum.  Interest  accruing pursuant to
this Section 2.24 will be due and payable upon demand.

         SECTION  2.25  Proration  of  Payments.  If any Lender shall obtain any
payment or other recovery (whether voluntary,  involuntary,  through exercise of
any  right of  set-off  or  otherwise)  after  the  occurrence  and  during  the
continuance of an Event of Default on account of the principal of or interest on
any Revolving Note or any fees in respect of this Agreement in excess of its Pro
Rata Share of  payments  and other  recoveries  obtained  by all the  Lenders on
account of the  principal  of and interest on the  Revolving  Notes then held by
them or any fees due to them in respect of this  Agreement,  such  Lender  shall
notify the Agent  thereof and  forthwith  purchase  from the other  Lenders such
participation  in the Revolving  Notes held by them or in such fees owed to them
as shall be  necessary  to cause  such  purchasing  Lender to share  the  excess
payment or other recovery ratably with each of them; provided,  however, that if
all or any  portion  of the  excess  payment  or other  recovery  is  thereafter
recovered from such  purchasing  Lender,  the purchase from such Lender shall be
rescinded and the purchase  price  restored by each selling Lender to the extent
of such recovery, but without interest, unless the purchasing Lender is required
to pay interest on the amount so  recovered,  in which case each selling  Lender
shall pay its Pro Rata Share of such  interest.  After the occurrence and during
the  continuance of an Event of Default,  disproportionate  payments of interest
shall be shared by the purchase of separate  participations  in unpaid  interest
obligations,  disproportionate  payments of fees shall be shared by the purchase
of  separate  participations  in unpaid fee  obligations,  and  disproportionate
payments of principal shall be shared by the purchase of separate participations
in  unpaid  principal  obligations.  The  Company  agrees  that  any  Lender  so
purchasing a  participation  from another  Lender  pursuant to this Section 2.25
may, to the fullest extent permitted by law,  exercise all its rights of payment
(including the right of set-off) with respect to such  participation as fully as
if such  Lender  were the direct  creditor  of the Company in the amount of such
participation.  Each Lender shall give the Agent notice  within five (5) days of
any payments or other recoveries described above which it obtains.

         SECTION 2.26  Lenders'  Obligations  Several.  The  obligation  of each
Lender to make any Advance is several,  and not joint or joint and several,  and
is  not  conditioned  upon  the  performance  by  all  other  Lenders  of  their
obligations to make Advances.

         SECTION 2.27  Calculation of Interest.  Interest  payable on the Notes,
including  interest  payable as provided in Section 2.24, shall be calculated on
the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed.

         SECTION 2.28 Payments Free of Taxes.

         (a) All payments  made by the Company under this  Agreement,  the Notes
shall be made free and clear of, and  without  deduction  for,  any Tax.  To the
extent that the Company is obligated by Applicable  Law to make any deduction or
withholding  on account of any Tax from any amount  payable to any Lender  under
this  Agreement,  the  Notes,  the  Company  shall  (1) make such  deduction  or
withholding and pay the same to the relevant governmental  authority and (2) pay
                                       34

<PAGE>

such additional amount to such Lender as is necessary to result in that Lender's
receiving a net after-tax (or  after-assessment or after-charge) amount equal to
the amount to which such Lender would have been entitled  under this  Agreement,
the Notes absent such deduction or withholding.

         (b) Each Lender that is  organized  under the laws of any  jurisdiction
other than the United  States of America  or any State  thereof  (including  the
District of  Columbia)  agrees to furnish to the  Company and the Agent,  on the
Closing Date and otherwise prior to the time it becomes a Lender hereunder,  two
copies  of either  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service  Form 4224 or U.S.  Internal
Revenue  Service Form 1001 or any successor  forms thereto  (wherein such Lender
claims  entitlement to complete  exemption from or reduced rate of U.S.  Federal
withholding tax on interest paid by the Company hereunder) and to provide to the
Company  and the  Agent a new  Form  4224 or Form  1001 or any  successor  forms
thereto if any previously  delivered form is found to be incomplete or incorrect
in any material  respect or upon the  obsolescence  of any previously  delivered
form.

         SECTION 2.29  Interest Rate Not  Ascertainable,  etc. In the event that
the Agent,  in the case of LIBOR,  shall have  determined  (which  determination
shall  be made in good  faith  and,  absent  manifest  error,  shall  be  final,
conclusive and binding upon all parties) that on any date for determining  LIBOR
for any Interest Period, by reason of any changes arising after the date of this
Agreement  affecting the London interbank market or the Agent's position in such
market,  adequate and fair means do not exist for  ascertaining  the  applicable
interest rate on the basis  provided for in the definition of LIBOR then, and in
any such event, the Agent shall forthwith give notice (by telephone confirmed in
writing) to the Company and to the Lenders of such  determination  and a summary
of the basis for such  determination.  Until the Agent notifies the Company that
the  circumstances  giving  rise to the  suspension  described  herein no longer
exist, the obligations of the Lenders to make or permit portions of the Advances
to remain  outstanding past the last day of the then current Interest Periods as
LIBOR  Advances  shall be suspended,  and such affected  Advances shall bear the
same interest as Base Rate Advances.

         SECTION 2.30 Illegality.

         (a)  In  the  event  that  any  Lender  shall  have  determined  (which
determination  shall be made in good faith and, absent manifest error,  shall be
final,  conclusive  and binding upon all parties) at any time that the making or
continuance  of any LIBOR  Advance  has become  unlawful by  compliance  by such
Lender in good faith with any applicable  law,  governmental  rule,  regulation,
guideline  or order  (whether  or not having the force of law and whether or not
failure to comply  therewith  would be unlawful),  then, in any such event,  the
Lender  shall give  prompt  notice (by  telephone  confirmed  in writing) to the
Company  and to the Agent of such  determination  and a summary of the basis for
such determination  (which notice the Agent shall promptly transmit to the other
Lenders).

         (b) Upon  the  giving  of the  notice  to the  Company  referred  to in
subsection  (a) above,  (i) the  Company's  right to request  and such  Lender's
obligation  to make LIBOR


                                       35
<PAGE>

Advances shall be immediately  suspended,  and such Lender shall make an Advance
as part of the requested Borrowing of LIBOR Advances as a Base Rate Advance, and
(ii) if the affected LIBOR Advance or Advances are then outstanding, the Company
shall  immediately,  or if permitted by  applicable  law, no later than the date
permitted thereby,  upon at least one Business Day's written notice to the Agent
and the affected  Lender,  convert each such Advance into an Advance or Advances
to a Base Rate Advance with an Interest  Period  ending on the date on which the
Interest Period applicable to the affected LIBOR Advances expires, provided that
if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected  Lenders must
be treated the same pursuant to this Subsection 2.30(b).


                                  ARTICLE III

                            CONDITIONS TO BORROWINGS

         The obligation of each Lender to make an Advance to the Company and the
obligation of the Agent to issue  Letters of Credit  hereunder is subject to the
satisfaction of the following conditions:

         SECTION 3.01 Conditions  Precedent to Initial Advances.  At the time of
the making by each Lender of its initial  Advance  hereunder,  unless  otherwise
waived or consented to by the Required Lenders,

         (a) all  obligations of the Company to the Agent or any Lender incurred
prior  thereto  (including,  without  limitation,  the  Company's  obligation to
reimburse the fees and  disbursements of counsel to the Agent and the Lenders in
accordance with this Agreement), together with the Fees, shall have been paid in
full;

         (b) the Agent shall have received the  following,  each dated as of the
Closing Date, if applicable,  in form and substance  satisfactory to the Lenders
and (except for the Notes) in sufficient copies for each Lender:

              (i) A duly executed original of this Agreement.

             (ii) A duly  completed  and executed  original of a Revolving  Note
         payable  to the order of each  Lender in the  principal  amount of such
         Lender's Commitment.

            (iii) A duly completed and executed  original of the Swing Line Note
         payable to the order of SunTrust in the principal amount of $2,000,000.

             (iv) A duly  executed  original of the Guaranty  Agreement  and the
         Contribution Agreement.

                                       36
<PAGE>

              (v) A duly  executed  original  of the  amendments  to the Company
         Security Agreement and the Guarantor Security Agreement,  together with
         such UCC  financing  statements  and UCC  amendments  recorded  in such
         jurisdictions  as the Required  Lenders deem  necessary or desirable to
         perfect the security interests granted thereunder and under the Company
         Pledge Agreement, the Guarantor Pledge Agreement, the Company Trademark
         Security Agreement, and the Guarantor Trademark Security Agreement.

             (vi)  Lien  searches  in all  relevant  jurisdictions  listing  all
         effective  financing  statements  which name the  Company or any of its
         Subsidiaries  as debtor,  together with copies of such other  financing
         statements  (none of which shall cover the  Collateral  purported to be
         covered by the  Company  Security  Agreement,  the  Guarantor  Security
         Agreement,   the  Company  Pledge   Agreement,   the  Guarantor  Pledge
         Agreement,  the Company Trademark  Security  Agreement or the Guarantor
         Trademark Security Agreement), other than financing statements in favor
         of the Agent.

            (vii) A duly executed  original of the  amendment to Company  Pledge
         Agreement  and the  Guarantor  Pledge  Agreement,  together  with stock
         certificates  evidencing the shares of stock of all Subsidiaries of the
         Company pledged to the Agent  thereunder and an undated stock power for
         each such stock  certificate,  executed in blank by the pledgor of such
         stock.

           (viii)  A  duly  executed  original  of  the  amendments  to  Company
         Trademark  Security  Agreement  and the  Guarantor  Trademark  Security
         Agreement,  together  with such filings in the United States Patent and
         Trademark Office as the Required Lenders deem necessary or desirable to
         perfect the  security  interests  granted  under the Company  Trademark
         Security Agreement and the Guarantor Trademark Security Agreement.

             (ix) Duly  executed  originals of any  amendments  to Mortgages and
         Assignments  of Leases to be recorded in the real estate records of the
         jurisdiction  in  which  the  Mortgaged  Property  related  thereto  is
         located,  together with such fixture filings and amendments to existing
         fixture filings recorded in such  jurisdictions as the Required Lenders
         deem necessary or desirable to perfect the security  interests  granted
         thereunder,  and endorsements to the existing title insurance  policies
         for such Mortgage or Assignment of Leases  showing that the Agent has a
         valid  first  priority  Lien with  respect to such  Mortgaged  Property
         subject to no encumbrances  other than such Mortgage or such Assignment
         of Leases, and Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof.

               (x) Evidence  satisfactory to the Required Lenders that all other
         actions  necessary  or  desirable  to perfect and protect the  security
         interests created by the Security Documents have been taken.

                                       37

<PAGE>

              (xi)  Certificates of insurance issued by the Company's  insurers,
         describing  in  reasonable  detail  the  insurance  maintained  by  the
         Company,  together with appropriate evidence showing that the Agent has
         been named as loss payee or  additional  insured,  as its  interest may
         appear, on all insurance  policies insuring property of the Company and
         its Subsidiaries.

             (xii)  Certificates  signed by the Chief  Executive  Officer or the
         Chief Financial Officer of each of the Company and the Guarantors as to
         the solvency of such Company or Guarantor.

           (xiii) A duly executed original of the Closing  Certificate,  in the
         form attached hereto as Exhibit F.

             (xiv)  Copies of the  organizational  papers of each of the Company
         and the Subsidiaries, certified as true and correct by the Secretary of
         State  of the  State  in  which  the  Company  or  such  Subsidiary  is
         incorporated,  and  certificates  from the  Secretaries of State of the
         States in which the Company or such Subsidiary is  incorporated  and of
         each state in which the Company or such Subsidiary is legally  required
         to qualify to transact  business as a foreign  corporation,  certifying
         the Company's or  Subsidiaries'  good standing as a corporation in such
         States.

              (xv)  Copies  of the  bylaws  of  each  of  the  Company  and  the
         Guarantors  of  resolutions  of the Board of  Directors  of each of the
         Company and the Guarantors  approving this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the
         Borrowings  hereunder,  the  Security  Documents  and  all  other  Loan
         Documents to which the Company or such  Guarantor is a party and of all
         documents  evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental
         approvals,  if any,  with  respect to this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the
         Security Documents and all other Loan Documents to which the Company or
         such  Guarantor is a party,  in each case certified as true and correct
         by the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Company or such
         Guarantor.

             (xvi)  A  favorable   written  opinion  of  Olshan  Grundman  Frome
         Rosenzweig  & Wolosky  LLP,  General  Counsel  for the  Company and the
         Guarantors, substantially in the form of Exhibit G attached hereto, and
         covering  such  additional   matters   relating  to  the   transactions
         contemplated  hereby as the Required  Lenders may  reasonably  request,
         addressed to the Agent and the Lenders.

            (xvii) A favorable  written opinion of Holland & Knight LLP, counsel
         for  the  Company  and the  Guarantors,  substantially  in the  form of
         Exhibit  H  attached  hereto,  and  covering  such  additional  matters
         relating  to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  as  the  Required
         Lenders may reasonably request, addressed to the Agent and the Lenders.

           (xviii) Certified copies of all consents, approvals,  authorizations,
         registrations or filings required to be made or obtained by the Company
         or the  Guarantors


                                       38

<PAGE>

         in  connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and by the
         other Loan Documents.

         (c) Since December 31, 1998,  there shall have been no change which has
had or could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect;

         (d)  Issuance  and  funding  of  at  least  $10,000,000  in  additional
Subordinated Debt pursuant to the Third Amendment to Senior  Subordinated  Debt,
in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders;

         (e)  Receipt by the Agent of the  interest  rate  protection  agreement
required by Section 5.15, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent; and

         (f) All  corporate  and  other  proceedings  taken  or to be  taken  in
connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby and all Loan Documents and
other documents  incident thereto or delivered in connection  therewith shall be
satisfactory in form and substance to each Lender.

         SECTION  3.02  Conditions  Precedent  to Each  Advance  and  Letters of
Credit.  At the time of the  making by the  Lenders  of each  Advance  hereunder
(including  the  initial  Advances)  and the  issuance  of all Letters of Credit
(before as well as after giving  effect to such Advances and the proposed use of
the  proceeds  thereof and the  issuance of Letters of  Credit),  the  following
statements shall be true:

         (a) The representations  and warranties  contained in Article IV hereof
are true and  correct  in all  material  respects  on and as of the date of such
Borrowing  or the issuance of such Letters of Credit as though made on and as of
such date, except insofar as such  representations  and warranties speak only as
of a prior date or reflect  transactions  and events after the Closing  Date, as
permitted by the Loan Documents;

         (b) No  Default or Event of Default  exists or would  result  from such
Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom;

         (c) Since the date of the most recent consolidated financial statements
of the Company described in Section 4.14 or delivered to the Lenders pursuant to
Section 5.02,  there shall have been no change which has had or could reasonably
be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect;

         (d) There shall be no action or proceeding instituted or pending before
any court or other  governmental  authority or, to the knowledge of the Company,
threatened (i) which reasonably  could be expected to have a Materially  Adverse
Effect,  or (ii) seeking to prohibit or restrict  the  ownership or operation of
any portion of the business or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
or to compel  the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  to  dispose  of or hold
separate all or any portion of its  businesses or assets,  where such portion or
portions  of such


                                       39

<PAGE>

business(es) or assets, as the case may be, constitute a material portion of the
total businesses or assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries; and

         (e) The  Advances to be made and the use of proceeds or the issuance of
such Letters of Credit thereof shall not  contravene,  violate or conflict with,
or involve the Agent or any Lender in a violation of, any Applicable Law.

         (f) each Notice of Borrowing  given by the Company in  accordance  with
Section  2.02(a)  hereof or issuance of a Letter of Credit and the acceptance by
the Company of the proceeds of any Borrowing shall  constitute a  representation
and warranty by the Company, made as of the time of the making of such Borrowing
or the  issuance  of such  Letter of Credit  that the  conditions  specified  in
Section  3.02(a)  have been  fulfilled  as of such  time  unless a notice to the
contrary specifically  captioned  "Disclosure  Statement" is received by each of
the Lenders from the Company prior to 5:00 p.m. (Ft.  Lauderdale,  Florida time)
on the  Business  Day  immediately  preceding  the  date of the  making  of such
Borrowing.  To the extent that the Lenders  agree to make such  Borrowing  after
receipt of a Disclosure Statement in accordance with the preceding sentence, the
representations and warranties pursuant to the preceding sentence will be deemed
made as modified by the contents of such Disclosure  Statement and repeated,  as
so  modified,  as at  the  time  of the  making  of  such  Borrowing.  Any  such
modification shall be effective only for the occasion on which the Lenders elect
to make an  Advance  on such  Borrowing,  and  unless  expressly  agreed  by the
Required  Lenders in writing to the contrary in accordance  with Section  10.02,
shall not be deemed a waiver or  modification  of any condition to the making of
any future Borrowing.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


         The Company and the Subsidiaries represent and warrant as follows:

         SECTION 4.01 Corporate Status of Company;  Status of Subsidiaries.  The
Company and each Subsidiary  that is a corporation  are duly organized,  validly
existing  and in good  standing  under  the laws of the  jurisdictions  of their
respective incorporation and have the corporate power and authority to own their
respective  property  and assets and to transact  the  businesses  in which they
respectively  are engaged or presently  propose to engage and are duly qualified
and in good standing as foreign  corporations  in all states where failure to be
so qualified and in good standing could have a Materially  Adverse Effect.  Each
Subsidiary  that is a  partnership  is duly  constituted,  existing  and in good
standing  under the laws of the  jurisdiction  of its  constitution  and has all
requisite power, authority and legal right to own its property and assets and to
transact the  businesses in which it is engaged or presently  proposes to engage
and is duly  qualified  and in good standing as a foreign  partnership  wherever
failure to be so qualified and in good standing could have a Materially  Adverse
Effect.  The  Company and each of its  Subsidiaries  have the power to own their
respective  properties and to carry on their respective  businesses as now being
conducted.  The Company is adequately  capitalized for the purpose of conducting
its  business,  was not formed solely for the purpose of acting as agent for, or
as an instrumentality of, any Subsidiary.

         SECTION 4.02 Corporate Power and Authority. Each of the Company and the
Guarantors has the corporate power and has taken all necessary  corporate action
(including,  without limitation,  any consent of stockholders required by law or
by its  certificate  of  incorporation  or bylaws) to authorize  it, to execute,
deliver and carry out the terms and  provisions of and to incur its  obligations
under this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the  Security  Documents  and the other Loan
Documents  to which it is a party.  This  Agreement,  the  Notes,  the  Security
Documents and the other Loan Documents have been duly  authorized,  executed and
delivered by the Company and the Guarantors party thereto.

         SECTION 4.03 Compliance with Other Instruments. The execution, delivery
and performance by the Company and any Guarantors party thereto, as the case may
be, of this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the Security  Documents  and the other Loan
Documents  to which it is a party,  (a) will not  contravene  any  provision  of
Applicable  Law,  rule,  regulation,  judgment,  order or  ruling,  (b) will not
conflict  with,  be  inconsistent  with,  or result in any  breach of any of the
terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or
result in the  creation or  imposition  of any Lien upon any of the  property or
assets of the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  pursuant to the terms of any
indenture,  mortgage,  deed to secure debt, deed of trust, or any other material
agreement or  instrument  to which the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a
signatory  or by which it is bound or to which it may be  subject,  (c) will not
violate  any  provision  of the  certificate  of  incorporation  (or  equivalent
thereof)  or bylaws (or  equivalent  thereof)  of the  Company or any  corporate
Subsidiary of the Company or the  certificate  of  partnership or other document
governing  the  constitution  or conduct of  affairs  of any  Subsidiary  of the
Company  that is not a  corporation,  (d)  will  not  require  any  Governmental
Approval  and (e) will not result in the creation of any Lien upon the assets or
properties of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  except as  contemplated  by the
Security  Documents.  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party
to,  or  otherwise  subject  to  any  provision  contained  in,  any  instrument
evidencing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any agreement
relating  thereto or any other  contract or  agreement  (including  its charter)
which limits the amount of, or otherwise  imposes  restrictions on the incurring
of, Indebtedness of the type to be evidenced by the Notes, other than the Senior
Subordinated Debt.

         SECTION 4.04 Enforceable  Obligations.  This Agreement,  the Notes, the
Security Documents and the other Loan Documents  constitute the legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Company and the Guarantors party thereto,  enforceable
in  accordance  with their terms,  except as the  enforceability  thereof may be
limited by Bankruptcy Law and by general principles of equity.

         SECTION  4.05   Governmental   Authorizations.   The  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries   are  in  good   standing   with   respect  to  all   governmental
authorizations, consents,

                                       41

<PAGE>

approvals,  orders,  licenses and other actions  required by any governmental or
non-governmental  authority or Person, except where the failure to maintain such
good standing will not have a Materially  Adverse  Effect on the Company and its
Subsidiaries.

         SECTION  4.06  Intellectual  Property.  Each  of the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries  owns or has the  right  to use all  patents,  trademarks,  service
marks, trade names, copyrights,  licenses and other rights, free from burdensome
restrictions,  which are material for the operation of its business as presently
conducted.  Nothing  has  come  to  the  attention  of the  Company,  any of its
Subsidiaries  or any of their  respective  directors  and officers to the effect
that  (i) any  product,  process,  method,  substance,  part or  other  material
presently  contemplated  to be  sold by or  employed  by  Company  or any of its
Subsidiaries in connection with its business may infringe any patent, trademark,
service mark, trade name,  copyright,  license or other right owned by any other
Person,  (ii) there is pending or threatened any claim or litigation  against or
affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries contesting its right to sell or
use any such product,  process,  method,  substance,  part or other  material or
(iii) there is, or there is pending or proposed, any patent, invention,  device,
application or principle or any statute, law, rule, regulation, standard or code
which would  prevent,  inhibit or render  obsolete the production or sale of any
products of, or  substantially  reduce the  projected  revenues of, or otherwise
have a Materially Adverse Effect on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

         SECTION 4.07 Outstanding  Indebtedness.  Neither the Company nor any of
its  Subsidiaries,  on a consolidated  basis, has outstanding any  Indebtedness,
except as described on Schedule  4.07 hereto.  There exists no default under the
provisions  of any  instrument  evidencing or securing any  Indebtedness  of the
Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  or of  any  agreement  otherwise  relating
thereto  which has had or would  reasonably  be  expected  to have a  Materially
Adverse Effect.

         SECTION 4.08 Insurance Coverage. Each property of the Company or any of
its  Subsidiaries is insured within terms  reasonably  acceptable to the Lenders
for the benefit of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in amounts  deemed
adequate by the Company's management in its reasonable business judgment and not
materially  less than  those  amounts  customary  in the  industry  in which the
Company and its  Subsidiaries  operate  against risks usually insured against by
Persons operating businesses similar to those of the Company or its Subsidiaries
in the  localities  where such  properties  are located,  and the Agent has been
named loss payee or additional  insured, as its interest may appear, on all such
policies.  Attached as Schedule  4.08 hereto are  certificates  evidencing  such
insurance.

         SECTION  4.09  Title  to  Properties.  Each  of  the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries has (i) good and marketable fee simple title to its respective real
properties  (other than real  properties it leases from others),  including such
real  properties  reflected in the financial  statements  referred to in Section
4.14, subject to no Lien of any kind except Liens permitted by Section 6.01, and
(ii) good title to all of its other respective properties and assets (other than
properties  and  assets  which it  leases  from  others),  including  the  other
properties  and assets  reflected  in the  financial  statements  referred to in
Section 4.14,  subject to no Lien of any kind

                                       42

<PAGE>

except Liens permitted by Section 6.01. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries
enjoys peaceful and undisturbed  possession in all material leases necessary for
the operation of its respective  properties  and assets,  none of which contains
any unusual or burdensome  provisions that would adversely  affect or impair the
operation  of such  properties  and  assets,  and all such  leases are valid and
subsisting and in full force and effect.

         SECTION 4.10 No Burdensome Restrictions. Neither the Company nor any of
its  Subsidiaries  is a party to any contract or agreement  that would result in
any  burdensome  restrictions  that  might  reasonably  be  expected  to  have a
Materially Adverse Effect on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,  including,
but not limited to, any collective bargaining agreements.

         SECTION 4.11 No Material  Violation of Law. Neither the Company nor any
of its Subsidiaries has any notice of any violation of any law, statute,  order,
regulation or judgment  entered  against it by any court that may  reasonably be
expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect on the Company.

         SECTION 4.12 No Default Under Other Agreements. Neither the Company nor
any of its  Subsidiaries is in default under any material  agreement to which it
is a party.

         SECTION 4.13 No Equity Investments.  Neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries  possesses investments in any equity or other long-term investments
in  any  person,  except  permitted  investments,   including  any  wholly-owned
Subsidiaries of the Company and the Subsidiaries.

         SECTION 4.14 Financial Statements.  The audited consolidated  financial
statements  of the Company  dated June 30,  1998,  and the related  consolidated
statements of income (including supporting footnote  disclosures),  with opinion
of Margolin,  Winer & Evens LLP, the unaudited  consolidated quarterly financial
statements of the Company dated December 31, 1998, and the related  consolidated
statements  of  income  (including  supporting  footnote  disclosures),  and the
unaudited  consolidated  monthly  financial  statements  of  the  Company  dated
February 28, 1999,  all  heretofore  furnished to the Lenders,  are all true and
correct in all material  respects and present fairly the consolidated  financial
condition at the date of said financial statements and the results of operations
for the fiscal  period then ending of the  Company.  The Company as of such date
did not have any  significant  liabilities,  contingent or otherwise,  including
liabilities for Taxes or any unusual forward or long-term commitments which were
not  disclosed by or reserved  against in the financial  statements  referred to
above or in the notes  thereto,  and at the  present  time there are no material
unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries.  All such financial statements have been prepared in
accordance  with GAAP  applied on a  consistent  basis  throughout  the  periods
involved.  Since  December 31,  1998,  there has been no change which has had or
could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

                                       43
<PAGE>


         SECTION 4.15 Litigation.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.15 attached
hereto, there are no actions,  suits,  investigations or proceedings pending or,
to the knowledge of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,  threatened  against
or affecting the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries or any of their  properties
or rights by or before any court,  arbitrator or  administrative or governmental
body that would have a  Materially  Adverse  Effect on the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.

         SECTION 4.16 Taxes.  Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has filed
or caused to be filed all declarations,  reports and tax returns  including,  in
the case of the Company and each  Subsidiary  located in the United States,  all
federal and state  income tax returns  which it is required by law to file,  and
has paid all Taxes which are shown as being due and  payable on such  returns or
on any assessments  made against it or any of its  properties.  The accruals and
reserves on the books of the Company  and its  Subsidiaries  in respect of Taxes
are adequate in all material  respects for all periods.  Neither the Company nor
any of its Subsidiaries has any knowledge of any unpaid  adjustment,  assessment
or any  penalties or interest of  significance,  or any basis  therefor,  by any
taxing authority for any period,  except those being contested in good faith and
by appropriate  proceedings  which  effectively stay the enforcement of any Lien
and the attachment of a penalty.

         SECTION 4.17 Margin Regulations.  No part of the proceeds of any of the
Advances  will be used  for any  purpose  which  violates,  or  which  would  be
inconsistent or not in compliance with, the provisions of the applicable  Margin
Regulations.

         SECTION  4.18 ERISA.  Except as  disclosed  on Schedule  4.18  attached
hereto:

         (a)  Identification  of Plans.  (i)  Neither  the Company nor any ERISA
Affiliate  maintains or contributes to, or has maintained or contributed to, any
Plan  that is an  ERISA  Plan,  and  (ii)  neither  the  Company  nor any of its
Subsidiaries  maintains or contributes  to, or has maintained or contributed to,
any Plan that is an Executive Arrangement;

         (b)  Compliance.  Each Plan has at all times  been  maintained,  by its
terms and in operation,  in accordance  with all  Applicable  Laws,  except such
noncompliance  (when taken as a whole) that will not have a  Materially  Adverse
Effect;

         (c)  Liabilities.  Neither the Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries  is
currently  nor has in the  last 6 years  been  obligated  to make  contributions
(directly or indirectly) to a  Multiemployer  Plan, nor is it currently nor will
it become  subject to any liability  (including  withdrawal  liability),  tax or
penalty  whatsoever to any Person whomsoever with respect to any Plan including,
but not limited to, any tax, penalty or liability arising under Title I or Title
IV or ERISA or Chapter 43 of the Code,  except such liabilities (when taken as a
whole) as will not have a Materially Adverse Effect; and

                                       44
<PAGE>

         (d)  Funding.  The Company and each ERISA  Affiliate  has made full and
timely payment of all amounts (i) required to be contributed  under the terms of
each Plan and  Applicable  Law and (ii)  required to be paid as expenses of each
Plan.  No Plan has an "amount of unfunded  benefit  liabilities"  (as defined in
Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA).

         SECTION 4.19 Compliance With Environmental Laws.

         (a) The Company and its  Subsidiaries  are not in violation  of, and do
not presently have outstanding any liability under,  have not been notified that
they are or may be liable under and do not have  knowledge  of any  liability or
potential  liability  (including any liability  relating to matters set forth in
Part A. of Schedule 4.19) except as set forth in Part A. of Schedule 4.19, under
any  applicable  Environmental  Laws which  violation,  liability  or  potential
liability could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

         (b)  Except  as set  forth in Part B. of  Schedule  4.19,  neither  the
Company  nor  any of  its  Subsidiaries  has  received  a  written  request  for
information under any Environmental  Laws stating or suggesting that the Company
or any of its  Subsidiaries  has or may have  liability  thereunder  or  written
notice that any such entity has been  identified  as a  potentially  responsible
party under any  Environmental  Laws, or any comparable state law, or any public
health or safety or welfare  law,  nor has any such entity  received any written
notification  that  any  Hazardous  Substance  that it or any of its  respective
predecessors in interest has generated,  stored, treated, handled,  transported,
or disposed of, has been released or is threatened to be released at any site at
which any Person intends to conduct or is conducting a remedial investigation or
other action pursuant to any Environmental Laws.

         (c)  Except  as set  forth  in Part C. of  Schedule  4.19,  each of the
Company and its  Subsidiaries  has obtained all  material  permits,  licenses or
other  authorizations  required for the conduct of their  respective  operations
under all applicable Environmental and Asbestos Laws and each such authorization
is in full force and effect.

         (d) Except as set forth in Part D. of  Schedule  4.19,  each of Company
and its  Subsidiaries  complies  in all  material  respects  with  all  laws and
regulations relating to equal employment  opportunity and employee safety in all
jurisdictions in which it is presently doing business,  and Company will use its
reasonable  best  efforts to comply,  and to cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to
comply,  with all such laws and regulations  which may be legally imposed in the
future in  jurisdictions in which Company or any of its Subsidiaries may then be
doing business.

         SECTION 4.20 Possession of Material Patents,  Trademarks,  Etc. Each of
the Company and its Subsidiaries  possesses all patents,  trademarks,  licenses,
and other  intellectual  property  rights  that are  necessary  in any  material
respect for the  ownership,  maintenance  and  operation of its  properties  and
assets and they are  possessed  free from any  burdensome  restrictions.  To the
Company's  knowledge,  there are no infringements  of such patents,  trademarks,
licenses,  and other  intellectual  property rights that could have a Materially
Adverse Effect on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                                       45

<PAGE>

         SECTION 4.21 Subsidiaries. Schedule 4.21 attached hereto correctly sets
forth the name of each  Subsidiary  of the  Company,  the  jurisdiction  of such
Subsidiary's  incorporation  or organization and the ownership of all issued and
outstanding capital stock of such Subsidiary.  All the outstanding shares of the
capital  stock of each such  Subsidiary  have been validly  issued and are fully
paid and nonassessable and all such outstanding shares,  except as noted on such
Schedule  4.21,  are  owned of  record  and  beneficially  by the  Company  or a
wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of the Company  free of any Lien or claim,  except for
Liens in favor of the Agent.

         SECTION 4.22 Disclosure.  Neither this Agreement, any Loan Document nor
any other  document,  certificate  or statement  furnished to the Lenders or the
Agent by or on behalf of the Company or any  Guarantor  in  connection  herewith
contains any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omits to state a material
fact necessary in order to make the statements  contained herein and therein not
misleading, if, in either case, such fact is material to an understanding of the
financial  condition,  business,  prospects or property of the  Company,  or the
ability of the Company to fulfill its  obligations  under any Loan  Documents to
which it is a party.

         SECTION  4.23 Year 2000  Compliance.  The  Company has taken all action
reasonably  determined to be necessary to ensure that the operating  systems for
the Company's and its Subsidiaries' computers and all software applications that
run on such  computers are Year 2000 Compliant or will be Year 2000 Compliant no
later than December 31, 1999,  except where a failure to be Year 2000  Compliant
will not have a Materially  Adverse  Effect.  "Year 2000  Compliant"  means that
neither the  performance  nor  functionality  of the  operating  systems for the
Company's and its Subsidiaries' computers,  embedded microchips and all software
applications  that run on such  computers is affected by dates prior to, during,
spanning or after January 1, 2000, and shall include,  but not be limited to (a)
accurately processing (including, but not limited to calculating,  comparing and
sequencing)  date and time data from,  into, and between the years 1999 and 2000
and leap year  calculations,  (b)  functioning  without error,  interruption  or
decreased  performance  relating  to such  date and time  data,  (c)  accurately
processing  such  date  and  time  data  when  used in  combination  with  other
technology,  if the other technology  properly exchanges date and time data, (d)
accurate date and time data century  recognition,  (e)  accurately  calculating,
using  same-century  and  multi-century  formulas and date and time values,  (f)
reflecting the correct century in date and time data interface  values,  and (g)
processing, storing, receiving and outputting all date and time data in a format
that accurately indicates the century of the date and time data.

         SECTION  4.24  Projections.  In the good  faith  judgment  of the Chief
Financial Officer and Chief Executive Officer of the Company the projections,  a
copy of which are  attached  hereto as Exhibit M,  constitute  the  prospects of
financial  performance  of  the  Company  for  the  periods  indicated  in  such
projections, absent unanticipated changed circumstances or events, many of which
are beyond the Company's control.

                                       46

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE V

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

         So long as any Note shall  remain  unpaid or any Lender  shall have any
Commitment  hereunder,  unless the Required  Lenders shall otherwise  consent in
writing:

         SECTION 5.01 Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of all  Borrowings  will be
used by the  Company as provided in Section  2.15.  None of the  proceeds of any
Borrowing  shall be used,  directly or indirectly,  to purchase or carry,  or to
reduce or retire or  refinance  any credit  incurred to  purchase or carry,  any
"margin  security" or "margin stock"  (within the meaning of the  regulations of
the Board of Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System) or to extend  credit to
others for the purpose of purchasing  or carrying any such "margin  security" or
"margin  stock" or for any other purpose that might deem this  transaction  as a
"purpose  credit"  (within  the  meaning  of the  regulations  of the  Board  of
Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System).  If  requested  by any Lender,  the
Company  will  furnish  to  such  Lender   statements  in  conformity  with  the
requirements of Federal Reserve Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U.

         SECTION 5.02 Reporting Covenants.

         (a) The Company will furnish to the Agent for  distribution  to each of
the Lenders:

              (i) as soon as  available  and in any event no later  than 90 days
         after  the  end  of  each  fiscal  year  of  the  Company,  an  audited
         consolidated  balance sheet of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  as of
         the close of such fiscal  year,  and the related  audited  consolidated
         statements of income and cash flow of the Company and its  Subsidiaries
         for  such  fiscal  year,  all in  reasonable  detail  and  with  (1) an
         unqualified  opinion  of  Margolin,  Winer & Evens  LLP,  or such other
         independent certified public accountant of recognized standing selected
         by the Company and  satisfactory  to the  Required  Lenders,  and (2) a
         certificate  (with  supporting  details and  calculations  of financial
         covenants)  from the Chief  Financial  Officer of the  Company  stating
         whether a Default or Event of Default exists;

             (ii) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the
         end of each fiscal  quarter of the  Company,  its  quarterly  unaudited
         financial  statements,  together  with a  certificate  in the  form  of
         Exhibit I hereto (the "Compliance  Certificate") by the Chief Financial
         Officer of the Company (with  supporting  details and  calculations  of
         financial  covenants)  stating that (x) the financials were prepared in
         accordance with GAAP (subject to customary  year-end audit adjustments)
         and that the  covenants  described in Article VII have been met and (y)
         whether a Default or Event of Default exists;

                                       47

<PAGE>

            (iii) as soon as available and in any event within 30 days after the
         end of each month, the monthly  unaudited  financial  statements of the
         Company;

             (iv) as soon as available and in any event within 30 days after the
         end of each month, a completed  Borrowing Base  Certificate in the form
         of Exhibit K hereto (the "Borrowing Base Certificate");

              (v) as soon as  available  and in any event not later than 30 days
         after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, financial projections
         for the following fiscal year, in a form satisfactory to Agent;

             (vi) until the Company is Year 2000 Compliant, within 45 days after
         the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company,  a report evidencing and
         outlining the Company's  progress  toward becoming Year 2000 Complaint;
         and

            (vii) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the
         end of each  month,  a completed  Depot by Depot  Report in the form of
         Exhibit L hereto (the "Depot by Depot Report"),  including revenues and
         gross  profits for each  Depot,  calculated  on a trailing  three month
         basis.

         In each case, such financial  statements  shall include balance sheets,
income  statements,  and  statements  of cash flows for the  Company,  provided,
however,  that the monthly financial  statements  provided by the Company to the
Lenders shall not include a statement of cash flows.

         (b) The Company will furnish to each of the  Lenders,  with  reasonable
promptness,  notice  of  certain  other  events,  including  the  occurrence  or
existence  of any  Default  or Event of  Default,  any  citation  for a material
violation of environmental  laws or regulations,  important  matters relating to
funding of employee  benefit plans,  or such other  information as any Lender or
the Agent may reasonably request.

         SECTION 5.03  Maintenance of Properties.  The Company shall,  and shall
cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to,  maintain,  preserve,  protect and keep, or
cause to be maintained,  preserved, protected and kept, its properties and every
part thereof in good repair, working order and condition,  and from time to time
will  make or  cause  to be made  all  needful  and  proper  repairs,  renewals,
replacements,  extensions,  additions, betterments, and improvements thereto, so
that the  business  carried  on in  connection  therewith  may be  properly  and
advantageously  conducted  at all times  other than those  which the  failure to
maintain would in the aggregate,  have no Materially  Adverse Effect;  provided,
however,  that the Company and each Subsidiary shall not be under any obligation
to repair or replace  any such  properties  which have  become  obsolete or have
become unsuitable or inadequate for the purpose for which they are used.

         SECTION 5.04  Maintenance of Insurance.  The Company  shall,  and shall
cause  each  of  its  Subsidiaries  to,  (i)  maintain  liability  and  worker's
compensation  insurance  with  financially  sound  and  reputable  insurers  (or
maintain a legally sufficient,  fully funded,  program


                                       48
<PAGE>

of self insurance against worker's compensation liabilities),  and also maintain
adequate  insurance on its properties  against such hazards and in at least such
amounts as is customary in the  business,  and (ii) name the Agent as loss payee
or additional  insured,  as its interest may appear,  on each of such  insurance
policies.  At the request of any Lender,  the Company will forthwith  deliver an
officer's  certificate  specifying  the  material  details of such  insurance in
effect.

         SECTION 5.05 Maintenance of Books;  Inspection of Property and Records.
The  Company  shall,  and shall cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to, keep proper
books of record and account  containing  complete  and  accurate  entries in all
material respects of all of their respective financial and business transactions
and  prepare  or cause to be  prepared  its  annual  statements  and  reports in
accordance  with  GAAP.  The  Company  shall,   and  shall  cause  each  of  its
Subsidiaries to, permit any person designated by any Lender to visit and inspect
any of its properties, corporate books and financial records, to make copies and
take extracts therefrom, and to discuss its accounts, affairs, and finances with
the  principal  officers of the Company and such  Subsidiary  during  reasonable
business  hours,  all at such  times  as the  Lenders  may  reasonably  request;
provided,  however, that any time following the occurrence and continuance of an
Event of Default,  no prior notice to the Company and such  Subsidiary  shall be
required.  The  Company  shall,  and shall  cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to,
prepare or cause to be prepared its interim statements and reports in accordance
with GAAP,  subject to usual and customary  year end audit and  adjustments  and
footnote disclosures.

         SECTION 5.06 Existence and Status.  The Company shall,  and shall cause
each of its  Subsidiaries  that is a  corporation  to,  maintain  its  corporate
existence,  its material  rights,  franchises  and licenses  (for the  scheduled
duration thereof), its patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and other
intellectual property rights necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its
business,  its good standing in its state of incorporation and its qualification
and good  standing  as a  foreign  corporation  in all  jurisdictions  where its
ownership of property or its business  activities cause such qualification to be
required and the failure to do so could have a Materially  Adverse  Effect.  The
Company shall cause each  Subsidiary  that is not a corporation  to maintain its
present form of existence, its material rights, franchises and licenses (for the
scheduled duration thereof), its patents, trademarks,  tradenames, service marks
and other  intellectual  property  rights  necessary  or desirable in the normal
conduct  of  its  business,  its  good  standing  in  the  jurisdiction  of  its
constitution and its  qualification and good standing as a foreign entity in all
jurisdictions  where its ownership of property or its business  activities cause
such  qualification  to be  required  and  the  failure  to do so  could  have a
Materially Adverse Effect.

         SECTION 5.07 Taxes and Claims.  The Company shall, and shall cause each
of its  Subsidiaries  to, pay and  discharge  (i) all Taxes prior to the date on
which  penalties  attach  thereto,  and  (ii)  all  claims  (including,  without
limitation,  claims for labor,  materials,  supplies or services)  (collectively
"Other Claims") which, if unpaid,  might become a Lien upon any of its property;
provided,  however,  that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be required
to pay and  discharge  any such Tax or Other  Claim so long as the  legality  or
amount  thereof  shall be promptly  contested  in good faith and by  appropriate
proceedings  which


                                       49
<PAGE>

effectively stay the enforcement of any Lien and the attachment of a penalty and
the  Company  or such  Subsidiary,  as the case  may be,  shall  have set  aside
appropriate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP.

         SECTION 5.08 Compliance  with Laws,  Etc. The Company shall,  and shall
cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to, comply with all Applicable Law  (including,
without  limitation,  the  Environmental  Laws and  Employee  Benefit  Laws) and
Contractual  Obligations  applicable  to or  binding  on any of them  where  the
failure to comply with such  Applicable Law and  Contractual  Obligations  would
reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

         SECTION  5.09  ERISA.  The Company  shall,  and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, deliver to each of the Lenders:

         (a) Promptly after the discovery of the occurrence thereof with respect
to any Plan, or any trust  established  thereunder,  notice of (A) a "reportable
event"  described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations  issued from time
to  time  thereunder  (other  than  a  "reportable  event"  not  subject  to the
provisions  for 30-day  notice to the PBGC under such  regulations),  or (B) any
other  event  which could  subject  the  Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  to any
material tax, penalty or liability under Title I or Title IV of ERISA or Chapter
43 of the Code;

         (b) At the same  time and in the same  manner  as such  notice  must be
provided  to the PBGC,  or to a Plan  participant,  beneficiary  or  alternative
payee,  any notice required under Section  101(d),  302(f)(4),  303(e),  307(e),
4041(b)(1)(A)  or  4041(c)(1)(A)  of ERISA or  Section  412(f)  of the Code with
respect to any Plan; and

         (c) Upon the request of any Lender, (A) true and complete copies of any
and all documents,  government  reports and determination or opinion letters (if
any) for any Plan, or (B) a current  statement of withdrawal  liability for each
Multiemployer Plan.

         SECTION 5.10  Litigation.  The Company shall give prompt written notice
to each of the  Lenders  of (a)  any  judgment  entered  by a  court,  tribunal,
administrative  agency or arbitration  panel in which the amount of liability is
$250,000  or more in excess of  insurance  coverage,  or in which the  aggregate
amount of liability is $500,000 or more in excess of insurance coverage, and (b)
any disputes which may exist between the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries and
any  governmental  or  regulatory  body, in which the amount in  controversy  is
$250,000  or more and which may  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  normal
business  operations of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  or any of their
respective properties and assets. The Company shall provide each of the Lenders,
on  a  quarterly  basis,  concurrently  with  the  delivery  of  the  Compliance
Certificate  as provided  under  Section  5.02(a)(ii),  a report which shall set
forth  each  action,  proceeding  or claim,  of which the  Company or any of its
Subsidiaries has notice, which is commenced or asserted against the Company, and
in which the amount claimed or the potential liability is $250,000 or more.

                                       50

<PAGE>

         SECTION 5.11 Notice of Events of Default.  The Company shall deliver to
each of the Lenders within five (5) days after any Executive Officer obtains any
knowledge of any condition, event or act which creates or causes a Default or an
Event of Default,  a certificate  signed by an officer of the Company specifying
the nature thereof,  the period of existence thereof and what action the Company
or such Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto.

         SECTION  5.12  Stockholder  Reports,  etc.  Contemporaneously  with the
sending  or  filing  thereof,   the  Company  will  provide  to  the  Agent  for
distribution  to each of the Lenders copies of all proxy  statements,  financial
statements, and reports which the Company sends to its stockholders,  and copies
of all regular,  periodic,  and special  reports,  and all statements  which the
Company files with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission or any  governmental
authority  which may be substituted  therefor,  or with any national  securities
exchange.

         SECTION 5.13 Future Guarantors.

         (a) Subject to any prohibitions or limitations as to power or authority
imposed by law  applicable to any such  Subsidiary,  the Company shall cause (1)
each  Person  incorporated  or  otherwise  organized  in the United  States that
hereafter becomes a Subsidiary (an "Additional Guarantor") to become a Guarantor
under the Guaranty  Agreement and to create a security  interest in favor of the
Lenders in all of its assets,  including, to the extent owned by such Guarantor,
100% of the stock of other Subsidiaries,  to the Agent upon the creation of such
Additional  Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Agent the  Supplemental
Documents;  and (2) each Person that owns the stock of the Additional  Guarantor
to pledge and deliver such stock to the Agent, together with a supplement to the
Company Pledge Agreement or Guarantor Pledge Agreement,  as the case may be, and
with stock powers or other appropriate  instruments of transfer executed by such
Person in blank.

         (b) The  Additional  Guarantor  shall also deliver to the Agent and the
Lenders,  simultaneously with the Supplemental Documents, (1) Certified Requests
for  Information  or Copies (Form  UCC-11) or equivalent  reports,  showing that
there are no effective financing  statements which name the Additional Guarantor
as debtor  and (2) an  opinion  rendered  by legal  counsel  to such  Additional
Guarantor  and the  Person  required  to  pledge  the  shares  of  stock  of the
Additional  Guarantor under the Security Documents to the Agent,  addressing the
types of  matters  set forth in  Exhibit G and  Exhibit H hereof  and such other
matters as the Lenders may  reasonably  request,  addressed to the Agent and the
Lenders.

         SECTION 5.14 Ownership of Guarantors.  The Company and its Subsidiaries
that own Guarantors shall maintain their percentage ownership of such Guarantors
existing as of the date hereof and shall not decrease its  ownership  percentage
in each Additional  Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.13 after the date hereof, as
such ownership exists at the time such Additional  Guarantor becomes a Guarantor
hereunder.

                                       51

<PAGE>

         SECTION 5.15 Interest Rate Protection. The Company shall enter into and
maintain  until the  Commitment  Termination  Date an  agreement  providing  for
payments  which are  related  to  fluctuations  of  interest  rates by which the
Company is protected  against changes in the variable rates of interest  payable
on its indebtedness as to a notional amount of approximately fifty percent (50%)
of Senior Funded Debt less the aggregate outstanding amount of Subordinated Debt
with one or more Lenders.

         SECTION 5.16 Cost of Products Sold. The Company shall calculate Cost of
Products Sold in a manner consistent with its calculations  prior to the Closing
Date and shall  include in such  calculation  all of the line items set forth on
Schedule 1.01.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

         So long as any Note shall  remain  unpaid or any Lender  shall have any
Commitment  hereunder,  without  the  written  consent of the  Required  Lenders
(unless otherwise provided herein):

         SECTION 6.01  Limitation on Liens and Security  Interests.  The Company
shall not,  and shall not  permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to,  create,  incur,
assume or suffer to exist,  any Lien or other  encumbrance of any kind on any of
its properties or assets, real or personal,  wherever located,  including assets
hereafter acquired, except

         (a) Liens existing on the date hereof and described on Schedule 6.01;

         (b) Liens in favor of the Agent;

         (c) Liens for Taxes not yet  payable or being  contested  in good faith
and by appropriate proceedings;

         (d) deposits or pledges to secure  payments of workmen's  compensation,
unemployment insurance, old age pension and other social security obligations;

         (e) mechanics', carriers', workmen's, repairmen's, landlord's, or other
Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing  obligations which are
not overdue for a period  longer than 60 days,  or which are being  contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings;

         (f) pledges or deposits to secure  performance in connection with bids,
tenders,  contracts  (other than  contracts  for the payment of money) or leases
made  in the  ordinary  course  of the  business  of the  Company  or any of its
Subsidiaries;

                                       52

<PAGE>

         (g) deposits to secure, or in lieu of, surety and appeal bonds to which
the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is a party;

         (h) deposits in connection with the prosecution or defense of any claim
in any court or before any administrative commission or agency;

         (i) Liens  arising out of judgments or awards with respect to which the
Company  or a  Subsidiary  of the  Company  at the time  shall in good  faith be
diligently  prosecuting an appeal or proceedings  for review and with respect to
which  it  shall  have  secured  a stay of  execution  pending  such  appeal  or
proceedings for review;

         (j)   purchase  money  security  interests,  and  leases in the  nature
thereof,  for equipment and machinery or mortgages for real estate, in each case
purchased  in the  ordinary  course of business and to be used in the conduct of
its business,  provided that any such security interest or mortgage secures only
the repayment of the purchase price of such machinery,  equipment or real estate
and any  such  lease  obligations  do not  exceed  the  purchase  price  of such
machinery, equipment or real estate;

         (k)  Liens on fixtures in connection  with  existing  mortgages on real
property or mortgages permitted hereunder;

         (l)   zoning  restrictions,   easements,  licenses,   reservations  and
restrictions on the use of real property or minor irregularities thereto that do
not materially detract from the use thereof or the assets of the Company; and

         (m)  Liens incurred on pledges or deposits in connection  with workers'
compensation, unemployment insurance, old age or Social Security benefits.

         SECTION 6.02 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or
permit any of its Subsidiaries to create,  incur, assume or suffer to exist, any
Indebtedness, other than:

              (a) Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement and by the Notes;

              (b) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof which is set forth
         on  Schedule  4.07 hereto and any  refinancings  thereof in a principal
         amount equal to, and on terms and conditions  substantially similar to,
         such   Indebtedness,   as  reasonably   determined  by  the  Agent  and
         Indebtedness  to be issued after the Closing Date pursuant to the Third
         Amendment to Senior Subordinated Debt in aggregate amount not to exceed
         $5,000,000;

              (c) secured  Indebtedness to the extent permitted by clause (j) of
         Section 6.01 above;

                                       53

<PAGE>

              (d)  unsecured   current   liabilities  (not  resulting  from  any
         borrowing)  incurred in the  ordinary  course of  business  for current
         purposes and not  represented by a promissory note or other evidence of
         indebtedness;

              (e) Indebtedness  related to interest rate swaps or hedges,  or to
         hedge the Company's variable interest rate exposure;

              (f)  Indebtedness  incurred  and  consented  to in  writing by the
         Lenders; or

              (g) Indebtedness incurred by the Company to make acquisitions that
         are  permitted by Section  6.08(b),  in the form of notes issued to the
         seller of the stock or assets, which notes shall be subordinated to the
         Obligations on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Lenders.

         SECTION 6.03 Compliance with ERISA.  The Company shall not take or fail
to take, or permit any of its  Subsidiaries or ERISA  Affiliates to take or fail
to take,  any action with respect to a Plan  including,  but not limited to, (i)
establishing any Plan, (ii) amending any Plan, (iii)  terminating or withdrawing
from any Plan, or (iv) incurring an "amount of unfunded benefit liabilities", as
defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA, or any withdrawal liability under Title
IV of ERISA,  where such  action or  failure  could  have a  Materially  Adverse
Effect,  result  in a  Lien  on  the  property  of  the  Company  or  any of its
Subsidiaries  or require the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  to provide any
security, except to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof.

         SECTION 6.04 Sale and  Leaseback.  The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to, enter into any  transaction  with any other
entity whereby such other entity leases assets sold or otherwise  transferred to
it by the Company or such Subsidiary.

         SECTION 6.05 Transactions  with Affiliates.  The Company shall not, and
shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

         (a)  Enter  into  any  material   transaction   or  series  of  related
transactions  which in the  aggregate  would be material,  whether or not in the
ordinary  course of  business,  with any  affiliate of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries  (but  excluding any  affiliate  which is the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries),  other than on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to
the  Company or such  Subsidiary  as would be  obtained  by the  Company or such
Subsidiary at the time in a comparable  arm's-length  transaction  with a Person
other than an affiliate.

         (b) Convey or transfer to any other  Person  (including  the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries) any real property,  buildings,  or fixtures used in the
manufacturing   or   production   operations  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries,  or convey or transfer  to the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
any other assets  (excluding  conveyances or transfers in the ordinary


                                       54

<PAGE>

course of business) if at the time of such conveyance or transfer any Default or
Event of  Default  exists  or would  exist as a  result  of such  conveyance  or
transfer.

         SECTION 6.06  Guaranties.  The Company  shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or
otherwise  become  liable on or with  respect to,  directly or  indirectly,  any
guaranties other than:

         (a)  endorsements  of  instruments  for  deposit or  collection  in the
ordinary course of business; or

         (b)  guarantees of  Indebtedness  owed by any  Consolidated  Company to
another Consolidated Company.

         SECTION 6.07  Limitations on Payment  Restrictions.  Except as provided
under the Senior  Subordinated Debt, the Company shall not, and shall not permit
any of its  Subsidiaries  to,  create or  otherwise  cause or suffer to exist or
become  effective,  any consensual  encumbrance or restriction on the ability of
the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  to (i) pay  dividends or make any other
distributions on stock of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  (ii) pay any
indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  or (iii) transfer
any of its property or assets to the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  except
any consensual encumbrance or restriction existing under the Loan Documents.

         SECTION 6.08 Merger; Joint Ventures; Sale of Assets; Acquisitions.  The
Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

         (a) merge or  consolidate  with any other entity,  except the foregoing
restrictions shall not be applicable to:

              (i) mergers or consolidations of (x) any Subsidiary with any other
         Subsidiary which is a Guarantor or (y) any Subsidiary with the Company;
         or

             (ii)  mergers  or  consolidations  in which any  Person  engaged in
         business  in which the  Company is engaged  as of the  Closing  Date or
         substantially  related thereto merges or consolidates  with the Company
         or any of its  Subsidiaries  where  the  surviving  corporation  is the
         Company or such Subsidiary;

         (b)  purchase,  lease or  otherwise  acquire  for cash,  stock or other
consideration,  the stock of any Person or all or any substantial portion of the
assets of any Person,  provided,  that the Company may acquire stock or all or a
substantial portion of the assets of a Person if the purchase price for all such
acquisitions,  whether in cash,  stock or other  consideration,  does not exceed
$1,000,000 in the aggregate; or

         (c) enter into a  partnership  or joint  venture with any other entity;
provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred, the Company
or any of its


                                       55
<PAGE>

Subsidiaries  may request that the Required Lenders consent to its entering into
a partnership or joint venture for the purposes of carrying on its business; or

         (d) sell, lease,  transfer or otherwise  dispose of any assets,  except
that this Section 6.08 shall not prohibit any disposition of (i) any asset if on
the date such asset is sold, the Asset Value of all asset sales  occurring after
the Closing  Date,  taking into  account the Asset Value of the  proposed  asset
sale,  would  not  exceed  on an  aggregate  basis  five  percent  (5%)  of  the
Consolidated  Net Worth of the Company and its  Subsidiaries on the Closing Date
and such  sale is in the  ordinary  course of  business,  (ii) any  obsolete  or
retired  property  not used or useful in its  business  (such  assets to include
high-pressure tanks, motorized vehicles, including cars and trucks, and lines of
business  other than carbon  dioxide that may be obtained by the Company as part
of the group of assets of any  corporation or other business  entity the Company
may  acquire) or (iii)  certain  other sales to be agreed upon in writing by the
Company and the Required Lenders.

         SECTION 6.09 Dividends; Loans, Advances.

         (a) In any fiscal year of the  Company,  the  Company  shall not pay or
declare any cash dividends on any of its capital stock.

         (b) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to,  make,  permit  or hold  any  loans  or  advances  (not  including  accounts
receivable) to any Person, other than:

              (i) Investments in Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date;

             (ii) direct obligations of the United States or any agency thereof,
         or obligations  guaranteed by the United States or any agency  thereof,
         in each  case  supported  by the full  faith and  credit of the  United
         States and maturing within one year from the date of creation thereof;

            (iii)  commercial  paper  maturing  within one year from the date of
         creation thereof rated in the highest grade by a nationally  recognized
         credit rating agency;

             (iv)  time  deposits  maturing  within  one  year  from the date of
         creation thereof with, including  certificates of deposit issued by any
         Lender and any office located in the United States of any bank or trust
         company  which is organized  under the laws of the United States or any
         state thereof and has total assets  aggregating at least  $500,000,000,
         including without  limitation,  any such deposits in Eurodollars issued
         by a foreign branch of any such bank or trust company;

              (v) Investments made by Plans;

             (vi) advances made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to its
                                       56

<PAGE>

         employees during the ordinary course of business, and loans made by the
         Company to its employees to allow such  employees to purchase  stock of
         the  Company  (such  loans to be  evidenced  by a  promissory  note and
         pledged to the Agent pursuant to the terms of the Security  Documents);
         provided that the aggregate  total of such advances made by the Company
         to its employees under this Subsection  shall not exceed  $1,000,000 at
         any time; and

            (vii) deposits made by the Company in connection  with  acquisitions
         of other business entities.

         SECTION 6.10 Nature of Business.  The Company  shall not, and shall not
permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to, engage in any business or businesses  other
than those  engaged in by the  Company or such  Subsidiary  on the date  hereof;
provided,  however,  that nothing herein  contained shall prevent the Company or
any of its  Subsidiaries  (i) from  expanding  the  location of its  business or
businesses in the United  States,  (ii) from ceasing or omitting to exercise any
rights, licenses,  permits, or franchises which in good faith in the judgment of
the Company or such Subsidiary can no longer be profitably  exercised,  or (iii)
from engaging in a business or businesses that are ancillary to those engaged in
by the Company or such Subsidiary on the date hereof.

         SECTION 6.11 Sale of Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to, sell or otherwise  dispose of any shares of
capital stock of or other  ownership  interest in any  Subsidiary of the Company
(except in connection with any acquisition, merger or consolidation permitted by
Section  6.08),  or permit any Subsidiary of the Company to issue any additional
shares of its capital  stock or other  incidents of  ownership,  except on a pro
rata basis to all its  stockholders,  partners or owners, as the case may be and
provided that any such additional  shares of capital stock or other incidents of
ownership  issued to the Company,  any  Guarantor or  Additional  Guarantor  are
pledged to the Agent.

         SECTION 6.12  Negative  Pledges.  The Company  shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, agree or covenant with any Person to restrict
in any way its ability to grant any Lien on its assets in favor of the  Lenders,
except that this Section 6.12 shall not apply to (i) any covenants  contained in
this  Agreement  or the  Security  Documents,  (ii) the  covenants  contained in
Section  8.02 of the Senior  Subordinated  Note  Purchase  Agreement,  and (iii)
covenants  and  agreements  made in connection  with Liens  described in Section
6.01(j) but only if such  covenant or agreement  applies  solely to the specific
machinery, equipment or real estate to which such Lien relates.

         SECTION 6.13 Creation of  Subsidiaries.  Neither the Company nor any of
its  Subsidiaries  shall  create or acquire  any other  Subsidiary  or any other
affiliate after the Closing Date.

         SECTION 6.14 Prepayments Under and Amendment of Other  Agreements.  The
Company  shall not,  and shall not permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to, make any
prepayments

                                       57
<PAGE>

under any  Subordinated  Debt  document or amend or waive any material  terms or
conditions under any Subordinated Debt document,  or repurchase any notes issued
in  connection  with any  Subordinated  Debt without the written  consent of the
Required  Lenders,  provided that no such consent shall be required with respect
to the  cancellation  or  reduction  by the  Company  of any  Commitment  of the
investors party to the Senior  Subordinated Note Purchase  Agreement to purchase
additional Senior Subordinated Debt in excess of the $10,000,000 pursuant to the
Third Amendment to Senior Subordinated Debt, after the date hereof.

         SECTION 6.15 Capital Expenditures. The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make Capital  Expenditures  during any period
in excess of the amount listed for such period on Annex B attached hereto.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                               FINANCIAL COVENANTS

         So long as any Note shall  remain  unpaid or any Lender  shall have any
Commitment hereunder, without the consent of the Required Lenders:

         SECTION 7.01 Senior Debt Coverage  Ratio.  The Company shall not permit
the Senior Debt Coverage  Ratio as of the last day of each fiscal  quarter to be
greater  than (i) 3.65 to 1.00 for the  period  beginning  on the  Closing  Date
through and including June 30, 1999; (ii) 3.35 to 1.00 for the period  beginning
July 1, 1999 through and including  September  30, 1999;  (iii) 3.00 to 1.00 for
the period beginning  October 1, 1999 through and including March 31, 2000; (iv)
2.75 to 1.00 for the period  beginning  April 1, 2000 through and including June
30, 2000; and (v) 2.50 to 1.00 thereafter.

         SECTION 7.02 Interest  Coverage Ratio. The Company shall not permit the
Interest  Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Company
to be less than (i) 1.30 to 1.00 for the period  beginning  on the Closing  Date
through and including June 30, 1999; (ii) 1.50 to 1.00 for the period  beginning
July 1, 1999 through and including  September 30, 1999;  (iii) 1.75 to 1.00, for
the period  beginning  October 1, 1999 through and including  December 31, 1999;
(iv) 2.25 to 1.00 for the period beginning January 1, 2000 through and including
March 31, 2000; (v) 2.50 to 1.00 for the period  beginning April 1, 2000 through
and including June 30, 2000; and (vi) 2.75 to 1.00 thereafter.

         SECTION 7.03 Senior Debt Leverage  Ratio.  The Company shall not permit
the Senior Debt  Leverage  Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal  quarter to be
greater than 0.50 to 1.00.

         SECTION 7.04 Minimum Net Worth. The Company shall at all times maintain
its Net Worth greater than the Minimum Net Worth, equal to (i) $45,000,000, plus
(ii) fifty  percent  (50%) of the  cumulative  Consolidated  Net Income for each
fiscal  quarter  beginning  after the fiscal  quarter


                                       58

<PAGE>

ending on March 31, 1999  (specifically  not including any Consolidated Net Loss
for any fiscal  quarter),  plus (iii) the  cumulative net proceeds of all equity
offerings made by the Company after the Closing Date.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

         SECTION 8.01 Events of Default.  Any one or more of the following shall
constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

         (a) The Company shall fail to pay any  principal  amount owing when due
pursuant to this Agreement or the Notes; or

         (b) The  Company  shall fail to pay any  interest,  fees,  or any other
amounts owing  pursuant to this Agreement or the Notes within three (3) Business
Days of the due date thereof; or

         (c) The  Company  shall  fail to perform or  observe  any  covenant  or
agreement contained in Section 5.02 , Section 5.04 or Section 6.03, if remaining
unremedied for a period of ten (10) days after (x) an Executive  Officer becomes
aware of such failure or (y) the Agent or any Lender gives notice to the Company
as provided under Section 10.03; or

         (d) The  Company  shall  fail to perform or  observe  any  covenant  or
agreement  contained in Section  5.11,  Article VI (other than Section 6.03) and
Article VII; or

         (e) The Company shall fail to perform or observe any other  covenant or
agreement set forth in this  Agreement,  other than those referred to in clauses
(a),  (b),  (c) and (d) above,  and (to the extent such failure can be remedied)
such failure of performance  shall not be remedied within thirty (30) days after
the earlier of the date on which (1) the Company obtains  knowledge  thereof and
(2) written notice thereof has been given by the Agent to the Company; or

         (f) Any  representation,  warranty or statement made by or on behalf of
the Company or any Guarantor to the Agent or any Lender in this  Agreement,  the
Company Security Agreement,  the Company Pledge Agreement, the Company Trademark
Security  Agreement,  the Guarantor  Security  Agreement,  the Guarantor  Pledge
Agreement,  the Guarantor  Trademark  Security  Agreement,  the Mortgage and the
Assignment of Leases shall be in any respect  incorrect,  false or misleading as
of the  time  at  which  such  representation  or  warranty  was  given,  or any
representation, warranty or statement made by or on behalf of the Company or any
Guarantor  to the  Agent or any  Lender in any other  Loan  Documents  or in any
financial statement,  report or certificate furnished pursuant to this Agreement
shall be in any material


                                       59

<PAGE>

respect   incorrect,   false  or  misleading  as  of  the  time  at  which  such
representation, warranty or statement was made; or

         (g) The Company or any of its Subsidiaries fails to make any payment as
and when such payment is due upon any  Indebtedness  having an aggregate  unpaid
principal  balance  in excess of  $250,000,  other  than  Indebtedness  owing or
arising pursuant to this Agreement and the Notes, or any other default, event or
condition  shall  have  occurred  or  exist  with  respect  to  any  such  other
Indebtedness,  or under any  agreement  or  instrument  evidencing,  securing or
related  to such  other  Indebtedness,  the  effect of which is to cause,  or to
permit the holder or owner of such  Indebtedness to cause,  such Indebtedness or
any portion thereof, to become due prior to its stated maturity date or prior to
its regularly scheduled dates of payment; or

         (h) The Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  defaults in the observance
or performance of any Material Contract; or

         (i) The Company or any of its Subsidiaries  makes an assignment for the
benefit of its creditors or files a voluntary  petition seeking relief under any
provision  of  any  bankruptcy,   reorganization,   arrangement,  insolvency  or
readjustment  of  debt,  dissolution  or  liquidation  law of any  jurisdiction,
whether now or hereafter in effect; or

         (j)  Any  involuntary  petition is filed  against the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries under any bankruptcy, reorganization,  arrangement, insolvency,
readjustment  of  debt,  dissolution  or  liquidation  law of any  jurisdiction,
whether now or hereafter in effect,  and such petition shall remain  undismissed
for a period of sixty (60) days or the Company approves,  consents or acquiesces
thereto; or

         (k)  The Company  incurs any  liability or is exposed to any  potential
liability  under any  employee  benefit plan that has or would have a Materially
Adverse Effect; or

         (l)  Final judgment for the payment of money in excess of $250,000 (not
fully  covered by  insurance) or otherwise  having a Materially  Adverse  Effect
shall have been rendered  against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and the
same  shall  have  remained  unpaid,  unstayed  on  appeal,   undischarged,   or
undismissed  for a period of sixty (60) days,  or such  longer  period as may be
permitted by Applicable Law, during which execution may not be made, provided no
judgment  Lien has  attached or continues to attach to the assets of the Company
or such Subsidiary during such longer period; or

         (m)  Any Change in Control occurs; or

         (n)  Edward M. Sellian shall cease to function as the  Company's  chief
executive  officer or  chairman  of the board or shall  cease to devote his full
time and attention thereto (other than due to his death or disability); or

                                       60

<PAGE>

         (o)  Any change occurs which has had or could reasonably be expected to
have a Materially Adverse Effect.

         SECTION 8.02 Remedies on Default.

         (a) Upon (i) the occurrence and during the  continuation of an Event of
Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 8.01(i) or (j)) and
(ii) the receipt of written instructions by the Agent from any Lender, the Agent
shall (x) terminate all  obligations  of the Lenders to the Company,  including,
without  limitation,  the Commitments and all obligations to make Advances under
this  Agreement,  and (y)  declare  the Notes,  including,  without  limitation,
principal,  accrued  interest  and  costs  of  collection  (including,   without
limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees if collected by or through an attorney at
law or in bankruptcy,  receivership or other judicial proceedings) and all other
Obligations immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or
any other notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived.

         (b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(i) or
(j)  all  obligations  of  the  Lenders  to  the  Company,  including,   without
limitation,  the  Commitments,  shall  terminate  automatically  and the  Notes,
including,  without  limitation,   principal,  accrued  interest  and  costs  of
collection  (including,  without  limitation,   reasonable  attorneys'  fees  if
collected  by or through an attorney at law or in  bankruptcy,  receivership  or
other judicial  proceedings) and all other  Obligations shall be immediately due
and payable,  without presentment,  demand,  protest, or any other notice of any
kind, all of which are expressly waived.

         (c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and  acceleration of the
Notes as provided in (a) or (b) above, each of the Lenders and the Agent, or any
of them, may pursue any remedy  available under this Agreement,  the Notes,  the
Security Documents or any other Loan Document, or available at law or in equity,
all of which shall be  cumulative.  The order and manner in which the rights and
remedies of the Lenders under the Loan  Documents and otherwise may be exercised
shall be determined by the Required Lenders.

         (d)  Regardless  of how each  Lender  may  treat the  payments  for the
purpose of its own  accounting,  for the  purpose  of  computing  the  Company's
obligations  hereunder and under the Notes,  no application of the payments will
cure any Event of Default or prevent acceleration, or continued acceleration, of
amounts  payable under the Loan Documents or prevent the exercise,  or continued
exercise,  of rights or remedies of the Lenders  hereunder  or under  applicable
law.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    THE AGENT

         SECTION  9.01  Appointment  and   Authorization.   Each  Lender  hereby
designates  SunTrust as Agent to act as herein  specified.  Each  Lender  hereby
irrevocably


                                       61
<PAGE>

authorizes,  and each holder of any  Revolving  Note or by the  acceptance  of a
Revolving Note shall be deemed irrevocably to authorize,  the Agent to take such
action on its behalf under the  provisions  of this  Agreement and the Revolving
Notes  and any other  instruments  and  agreements  referred  to  herein  and to
exercise such powers and to perform such duties  hereunder and thereunder as are
specifically  delegated  to or  required  of the Agent by the terms  hereof  and
thereof and such other powers as are reasonably  incidental  thereto.  The Agent
may perform any of its duties hereunder by or through its agents or employees.

         SECTION  9.02  Nature of Duties of the Agent.  The Agent  shall have no
duties or responsibilities to the other Lenders except those expressly set forth
in  this  Agreement.  Neither  the  Agent  nor any of its  officers,  directors,
employees  or agents  shall be liable for any  action  taken or omitted by it as
such  hereunder or in connection  herewith,  unless caused by its or their gross
negligence  or willful  misconduct.  The Agent  shall not have by reason of this
Agreement a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender; and nothing in this
Agreement,  expressed or implied,  is intended to or shall be so construed as to
impose upon the Agent any  obligations  in respect of this  Agreement  except as
expressly set forth  herein.  The Agent agrees to give each Lender prompt notice
of the Agent's receipt from the Company of any notice under this Agreement.

         SECTION 9.03  Lack of Reliance on the Agent.

         (a) Each Lender agrees that,  independently  and without  reliance upon
the Agent, any other Lender, or the directors,  officers, agents or employees of
the  Agent  or of any  other  Lender,  each  Lender,  to  the  extent  it  deems
appropriate,  has  made  and  shall  continue  to make  (i) its own  independent
investigation  of the  financial  condition  and  affairs of the Company and its
Subsidiaries  in  connection  with the  taking or not  taking  of any  action in
connection  with this  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents,  including  the
decision  to enter  into  this  Agreement,  and (ii)  its own  appraisal  of the
creditworthiness  of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  and, except as expressly
provided  in this  Agreement,  the Agent  shall have no duty or  responsibility,
either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender with any credit
or other  information with respect  thereto,  whether coming into its possession
before the making of any Advance or at any time or times thereafter.

         (b) The Agent shall not be  responsible to any Lender for any recitals,
statements,  information,   representations  or  warranties  herein  or  in  any
document,  certificate or other writing delivered in connection  herewith or for
the   execution,    effectiveness,    genuineness,   validity,   enforceability,
collectibility,  priority or  sufficiency  of this  Agreement  or any other Loan
Documents or the financial  condition of the Company or its  Subsidiaries  or be
required to make any inquiry  concerning either the performance or observance of
any of the terms,  provisions or conditions of this  Agreement or any other Loan
Documents, or the financial condition of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or the
existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default.

                                       62

<PAGE>

         SECTION 9.04  Certain Rights of the Agent.

         (a) If the Agent shall request  instructions  from the Required Lenders
with respect to any act or action  (including  the failure to act) in connection
with this Agreement or any other Loan Documents,  the Agent shall be entitled to
refrain  from such act or taking  such  action  unless and until the Agent shall
have  received  instructions  from the Required  Lenders and the Agent shall not
incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining.  Without  limiting the
foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Agent
as a  result  of the  Agent  acting  or  refraining  from  acting  hereunder  in
accordance with the  instructions of the Required  Lenders;  provided,  however,
that the Agent shall not be required  to act or not act in  accordance  with any
instructions  of the  Required  Lenders  if to do so would  expose  the Agent to
personal  liability or would be contrary to any Loan  Document or to  Applicable
Law.

         (b) The Agent may assume that no Event of Default has  occurred  and is
continuing,  unless the Agent has received  notice from the Company  stating the
nature of the Event of Default, or has received notice from a Lender stating the
nature  of the Event of  Default  and that such  Lender  considers  the Event of
Default to have occurred and to be continuing.

         (c) If the Agent has notice,  or has received notice,  that an Event of
Default has occurred and is  continuing,  the Agent shall give notice thereof to
the  Lenders  and shall  act or not act upon the  instructions  of the  Required
Lenders,  provided  that the Agent shall not be required to act or not act if to
do so would  expose the Agent to personal  liability or would be contrary to any
Loan Document or to Applicable Law, and provided  further,  that if the Required
Lenders  fail,  for five days  after the  receipt of notice  from the Agent,  to
instruct the Agent, then the Agent, in its discretion,  may act or not act as it
deems  advisable for the protection of the interests of the Lenders and shall be
fully protected in so acting.

         SECTION 9.05  Liability of the Agent.  Neither the Agent nor any of its
directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or
not taken by them under or in  connection  with the Loan  Documents,  except for
their own gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct.  Without  limitation on the
foregoing, the Agent and its directors, officers, agents, and employees:

         (a) may treat the payee of any  Revolving  Note as the  holder  thereof
until the Agent receives  notice of the  assignment or transfer  thereof in form
satisfactory to the Agent, signed by the payee, and may treat each Lender as the
owner of that Lender's  interest in the  obligations  due to such Lender for all
purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents until the Agent receives
notice of the assignment or transfer thereof, in form satisfactory to the Agent,
signed by such Lender;

         (b) may consult with outside legal counsel (including King & Spalding),
in-house legal counsel, independent public accountants, in-house accountants and
other  professionals,  or other experts  selected by it with reasonable care, or
with legal counsel,  independent  public  accountants,  or other experts for the
Company, and shall not be liable for any


                                       63

<PAGE>

action  taken or not taken by it or them in good  faith in  accordance  with the
advice of such legal counsel, independent public accountants, or experts;

         (c) will not be responsible to any Lender for any statement,  warranty,
or  representation  made  in  any  of  the  Loan  Documents  or in  any  notice,
certificate, report, request, or other statement (written or oral) in connection
with any of the Loan Documents;

         (d) except to the  extent  expressly  set forth in the Loan  Documents,
will have no duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance by
the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries or any other Person of any of the terms,
conditions,  or  covenants  of any of  the  Loan  Documents  or to  inspect  the
property,  books, or records of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries or other
Person;

         (e)  will  not be  responsible  to any  Lender  for the due  execution,
legality, validity, enforceability,  genuineness, effectiveness, sufficiency, or
value of any Loan Document,  any other instrument or writing furnished  pursuant
thereto or in connection therewith;

         (f) will not incur any  liability  by acting or not acting in  reliance
upon any Loan  Document,  notice,  consent,  certificate,  document,  statement,
telex,  telecopier message or other instrument or writing believed by it or them
to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person; and

         (g)  will  not  incur  any  liability  for any  arithmetical  error  in
computing  any  amount  payable  to or  receivable  from any  Lender  hereunder,
including,  without  limitation,  payment  of  principal  and  interest  on  the
Revolving  Notes,  Advances  and other  amounts;  provided  that  promptly  upon
discovery  of such an error in  computation,  the Agent,  the Lender and (to the
extent  applicable) the Company shall make such  adjustments as are necessary to
correct  such error and to restore the parties to the  position  that they would
have occupied had the error not occurred.

         SECTION 9.06  Indemnification. Each Lender shall, ratably in accordance
with the respective outstanding principal amount of its Advances,  indemnify and
hold the  Agent and its  directors,  officers,  agents  and  employees  harmless
against  any and  all  liabilities,  obligations,  losses,  damages,  penalties,
actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses or  disbursements  of any kind or
nature  whatsoever   (including,   without   limitation,   attorneys'  fees  and
disbursements)  that may be imposed on,  incurred by, or asserted  against it or
them in any way  relating  to or arising out of the Loan  Documents  (other than
losses  incurred by reason of the failure by the Company to pay the  obligations
due to the Lenders  hereunder or under the Revolving  Notes) or any action taken
or not  taken by it as Agent  thereunder,  except  for the gross  negligence  or
willful  misconduct  of the Agent.  Without  limitation of the  foregoing,  each
Lender shall reimburse the Agent upon demand for that Lender's  ratable share of
any cost or expense  incurred by the Agent in connection  with the  negotiation,
preparation,    execution,   delivery,   administration,    amendment,   waiver,
refinancing, restructuring, reorganization (including a


                                       64
<PAGE>

bankruptcy  reorganization) or enforcement of the Loan Documents,  to the extent
that the Company is required to pay that cost or expense but fails to do so upon
demand.

         SECTION 9.07  Agent and Affiliates. SunTrust (and each successor Agent)
has the same rights and powers under the Loan  Documents as any other Lender and
may  exercise  the same as  though  it were  not the  Agent;  and the term  "the
Lenders" or "Lender" includes SunTrust in its individual capacity. SunTrust (and
each successor  Agent) and its Affiliates may accept  deposits from,  lend money
to, and generally  engage in any kind of banking,  trust or other  business with
the Company and any  Affiliate of the  Company,  as if it were not the Agent and
without  any  duty to  account  therefor  to the  Lenders.  SunTrust  (and  each
successor Agent) need not account to any other Lender for any monies received by
it for reimbursement of its costs, expenses and fees as the Agent hereunder,  or
for any monies received by it in its capacity as a Lender  hereunder,  except as
otherwise  provided  herein.  This Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a
joint venture or partnership among the Lenders.

         SECTION 9.08  Successor Agent. The Agent may resign as such at any time
by  written  notice to the  Company  and the  Lenders,  to be  effective  upon a
successor's  acceptance of  appointment  as Agent.  In such event,  the Required
Lenders  shall  appoint a  successor  Agent or Agents who must be from among the
Lenders;  provided that the Agent shall be entitled to appoint a successor Agent
from among the Lenders,  subject to acceptance of  appointment by that successor
Agent if the Required Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent within thirty
(30)  calendar days after the date the Agent gave notice of  resignation  or was
removed;  and provided further that if no such successor Agent is appointed from
among the Lenders, an Agent who is not a Lender may be appointed, which shall be
a bank  organized  under the laws of the  United  States of America or any State
thereof, or any affiliate of such bank, having a combined capital and surplus of
at least $500,000,000. Upon a successor's acceptance of appointment as Agent the
successor  will  thereupon  succeed to and become  vested  with all the  rights,
powers,  privileges,  and duties of the Agent under the Loan Documents,  and the
resigning  Agent will  thereupon be discharged  from its duties and  obligations
thereafter arising under the Loan Documents.


                                   ARTICLE X

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 10.01  Survival.  All  covenants,  agreements,  warranties  and
representations made herein, in the other Loan Documents, or in any certificates
or other  documents  delivered in connection with this Agreement by or on behalf
of the Company or any Guarantor  shall survive the advances of money made by the
Lenders to the Company  hereunder  and the  delivery of this  Agreement  and the
other  Loan  Documents,  and all  such  covenants,  agreements,  warranties  and
representations  shall be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of the Company,
the Guarantors,  the Lenders,  the Agent,  and their  respective  successors and
assigns,



                                       65
<PAGE>

whether or not so expressed,  provided, however, that the Company may not assign
or transfer any of its rights  under this  Agreement  without the prior  written
consent of each of the Lenders.

         SECTION  10.02  Amendments;   Consents.  No  amendment,   modification,
supplement,  termination,  or waiver of any  provision of this  Agreement or any
other Loan  Document,  and no  consent  to any  departure  by the  Company,  any
Guarantor  or any  Subsidiary  of the  Company  therefrom,  may in any  event be
effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders, and then only in the
specific instance and for the specific purpose given;  provided,  however,  that
without the  approval in writing of all  Lenders,  no  amendment,  modification,
supplement, termination, waiver, or consent may be effective:

         (a) to amend or modify the principal  of, the rate of interest  payable
on, or any fees with  respect to, any Lender's  Note,  the Fees or the amount of
any Lender's Commitment;

         (b) to postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal  of, or any
installment  of interest  on, any Lender's  Notes or the Fees,  or to extend the
term "Commitments" of any Lender's Commitment;

         (c) to amend or modify the  definitions of "Borrowing  Base",  "Cost of
Products  Sold",  "EBITDA  Multiple",  "Gross  Margin",  "Gross Margin  Factor",
"Revolving Loan Commitment" or "Required  Lenders",  to amend or modify Schedule
1.01, or the provisions of Section 10.07 or of this Section 10.02;

         (d) to  release  any of the  Collateral  pledged  to the  Agent for the
benefit of,  inter  alia,  the Agent or the  Lenders  pursuant  to the  Security
Documents to secure the  Obligations,  if any Obligations are outstanding or any
Commitment has not been terminated;

         (e) to consent to the existence of any other lien, security interest or
encumbrance on the Collateral except as otherwise permitted herein;

         (f) to subordinate  any of the  Obligations  or the  Commitments to any
other indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and

         (g) to  release  any  Guarantor  or to consent  to the  termination  or
modification of any Guaranty Agreement.

Any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or consent effected
in  accordance  with this  Section  10.02 shall  apply  equally to, and shall be
binding upon, all Lenders and the Agent.

         SECTION  10.03  Notices.  All  notices,  consents,  demands  and  other
communications  provided for hereunder,  unless otherwise provided,  shall be in
writing and mailed,  sent by facsimile  transmission or delivered to the parties
hereto  addressed as follows or

                                       66

<PAGE>

at such other address as shall be designated by any party in a written notice to
the other party hereto:

                        If to the Company:

                        NuCo2 Inc.
                        2800 SE Market Place
                        Stuart, Florida 34997
                        Attn: Ms. Joann Sabatino
                        Chief Financial Officer
                        Telecopier No.: (561) 221-1690
                        Confirmation No.: (561) 221-1754

                        with a copy to:

                        Olshan Grundman Frome Rosenzweig & Wolosky LLP
                        505 Park Avenue
                        New York, New York  10022
                        Attn: Steven Wolosky, Esq.
                        Telecopier No.: (212) 755-1467
                        Confirmation No.: (212) 753-7200

                        If to the Agent:

                        SunTrust Bank, South Florida, National Association
                        501 E. Las Olas Blvd.
                        Ft. Lauderdale, Florida  33301
                        Attn:  Corporate Banking Department
                        Telecopier No.: (954) 765-7301
                        Confirmation No.: (954) 765-7152

                        with a copy to:

                        King & Spalding
                        191 Peachtree St.
                        Atlanta, Georgia 30303
                        Attn:  G. Lemuel Hewes, Esq.
                        Telecopier No.:   404-572-5149
                        Confirmation No.: 404-572-4862

                                       67
<PAGE>
         If to a Lender:

         The address, telecopier and confirmation numbers set forth opposite its
         name on the signature pages hereof.

         All  notices  that  are  sent by  facsimile  transmission  or are  hand
delivered  shall be deemed to be delivered  upon receipt.  All notices which are
mailed shall be mailed first class  certified  mail--return  receipt  requested,
postage prepaid, and shall be deemed delivered upon actual receipt or three days
after being deposited in the mail, whichever shall occur first.

         The parties  hereto agree that their  signatures by facsimile  shall be
effective and binding upon them as though executed in ink on paper, and that the
parties  shall  exchange  original ink  signatures  promptly  following any such
delivery by facsimile.

         SECTION 10.04  Severability;  Time of Essence.  Every provision of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents are intended to be severable. If any term
or provision  of this  Agreement or the Loan  Documents,  or any other  document
delivered in connection  herewith  shall be  unenforceable  in any respect,  the
enforceability of the remaining  provisions shall not thereby be affected.  Time
is of the essence of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

         SECTION 10.05 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.

         (a) THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ALL OTHER  DOCUMENTS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND
UNDER THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS  SHALL BE CONSTRUED  AND ENFORCED IN  ACCORDANCE
WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA  (WITHOUT  GIVING EFFECT TO
THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF).

         (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  WITH RESPECT TO THIS  AGREEMENT OR
ANY OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA OR
OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF FLORIDA, AND, BY EXECUTION AND
DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY HEREBY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT
OF  ITS  PROPERTY,  GENERALLY  AND  UNCONDITIONALLY,  THE  JURISDICTION  OF  THE
AFORESAID COURTS. THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY, AND
THE  COMPANY  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES  ANY  OBJECTION,   INCLUDING,  WITHOUT
LIMITATION,  ANY  OBJECTION  TO THE  LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE  GROUNDS OF
FORUM NON CONVENIENS,  WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY
SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH RESPECTIVE JURISDICTIONS.

                                       68

<PAGE>

         (c) Nothing  herein shall affect the right of the Lenders and the Agent
to serve  process in any other  manner  permitted  by law or to  commence  legal
proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Company in any other jurisdiction.

         SECTION  10.06 Payment of Costs.  The Company shall pay all  reasonable
costs,  expenses,  taxes and fees incurred by the Agent in  connection  with the
negotiation,  preparation,  execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  the term
sheet  and the  Commitment  Letter  relating  to this  Agreement,  the  Security
Documents and all other Loan Documents,  including,  without limitation,  all of
the  reasonable  professional  fees and  expenses  of King &  Spalding,  special
counsel to the Agent, as set forth in the Commitment Letter.

         SECTION 10.07 Indemnity.  The Company agrees to protect,  indemnify and
save harmless the Agent and each Lender, and all directors,  officers, employees
and  agents of the  Agent  and each  Lender,  from and  against  any and all (i)
claims,  demands  and causes of action of any nature  whatsoever  brought by any
person or entity not a party to this  Agreement  and arising  from or related or
incident to this Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  (ii) costs and expenses
incident to the defense of such claims, demands and causes of action, including,
without   limitation,   reasonable   attorneys'  fees,  and  (iii)  liabilities,
judgments,  settlements,  penalties  and  assessments  arising from such claims,
demands and causes of action,  provided such claims,  costs and  liabilities are
not the result of the gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct of such Agent or
such  Lender.  The  indemnity  contained  in  this  Section  shall  survive  the
termination of this Agreement.

         SECTION 10.08 Benefit of the Agreement.

         (a) This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of
and be  enforceable  by the  respective  successors  and  assigns of the parties
hereto, provided that the Company may not assign or transfer any of its interest
hereunder  without  the  prior  written  consent  of the  Lenders,  and no  such
assignment or transfer of any such obligations  shall relieve the Company of its
obligations hereunder unless each Lender shall have consented to such release in
a writing specifically  referring to the obligation from which the Company is to
be released.

         (b) Any Lender may make,  carry or transfer  Advances at, to or for the
account  of, any of its branch  offices  or the office of an  Affiliate  of such
Lender.  Any Lender may at any time  assign all or any  portion of its rights in
this Agreement and the Revolving  Notes issued to it to a Federal  Reserve Bank;
provided  that no such  assignment  shall  release  the  Lender  from any of its
obligations hereunder.

         (c)  Each  Lender  may  assign  or  delegate  all or a  portion  of its
interests,  rights  and  obligations  under  this  Agreement  and the other Loan
Documents (including all or a portion of any of its Commitments and the Advances
at the time owing to it and the Revolving Notes held by it) to another financial
or lending institution or entity; provided,  however, that (i) the Agent and the
Company must give their prior written consent to such assignment (which

                                       69

<PAGE>

consent, in the case of the Company,  shall not be unreasonably withheld) unless
such  assignment is to an Affiliate of the  assigning  Lender or, in the case of
the Company,  unless an Event of Default has occurred  and is  continuing,  (ii)
such  assignment  or  delegation  is  complete  or is in minimum  increments  of
$5,000,000,  and (iii) the  parties to each such  assignment  shall  execute and
deliver to the Agent an  Assignment  Agreement,  and,  together with a Revolving
Note or Revolving  Notes subject to such  assignment and, unless such assignment
is to an Affiliate of such Lender,  a processing and  recordation fee of $3,000.
The Company shall not be responsible  for such processing and recordation fee or
any  costs  or  expenses  incurred  by any  Lender  (other  than the  Agent)  in
connection with such assignment.  From and after the effective date specified in
each  Assignment  Agreement,  which  effective  date  shall be at least five (5)
Business Days after the execution  thereof,  the assignee  thereunder shall be a
party  hereto  and to the extent of the  interest  assigned  by such  Assignment
Agreement,  have the rights and  obligations  of a Lender under this  Agreement.
Within five (5)  Business  Days after  receipt of the notice and the  Assignment
Agreement,  the Company,  at its own expense,  shall  execute and deliver to the
Agent, in exchange for the surrendered  Revolving Note or Revolving Notes, a new
Revolving  Note or Revolving  Notes to the order of such assignee in a principal
amount  equal to the  applicable  Commitments  assumed  by it  pursuant  to such
Assignment  and  Acceptance  and new  Revolving  Note or Revolving  Notes to the
assigning Lender in the amount of its retained  Commitment or Commitments.  Such
new Revolving Note or Revolving Notes shall be in an aggregate  principal amount
equal to the aggregate  principal amount of such  surrendered  Revolving Note or
Revolving  Notes,  shall be dated the date of the surrendered  Revolving Note or
Revolving Notes which they replace,  and shall otherwise be in substantially the
form attached hereto.

         (d)  Each  Lender  may  from  time to  time  sell  or  otherwise  grant
participations  in all or a portion  of its rights  and  obligations  under this
Agreement  and the other  Loan  Documents  (including  all or a  portion  of its
Commitments  and the Advances owing to it and the Revolving Notes held by it) to
another financial or lending institution or entity,  whereupon the holder of any
such  participation,  if the  participation  agreement  so  provides,  shall  be
entitled to all of the rights of a Lender hereunder; provided, however, that (i)
the Agent must give its prior written consent to such participation  unless such
participation  is to an  Affiliate of such  Lender,  (ii) such selling  Lender's
obligations  under this  Agreement  shall remain  unchanged,  (iii) such selling
Lender shall  remain  solely  responsible  to the other  parties  hereto for the
performance  of such  obligations,  and (iv) the  Company,  the  Agent and other
Lenders  shall  continue  to deal  solely  and  directly  with  each  Lender  in
connection with such Lender's  rights and  obligations  under this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce
the  obligations  of the  Company  relating to the  Advances  and to approve any
amendment,  modification  or waiver of any  provisions of this  Agreement or the
other Loan Documents. Any Lender selling a participation hereunder shall provide
prompt written notice to the Company of the name of such participant.

         SECTION 10.09  Subordination of  Indebtedness.  Any Indebtedness of any
Guarantor now or hereafter owed to the Company is hereby  subordinated  in right
of payment to the payment by such  Guarantor  of its Guaranty  Obligations  such
that if a default in the payment


                                       70

<PAGE>

of the Obligations shall have occurred and be continuing,  any such Indebtedness
of such Guarantor owed to the Company,  if collected or received by the Company,
shall be held in trust by the Company for the holders of the  Obligations and be
paid  over to the  Lenders  and the Agent for  application  of such  Guarantor's
Guaranty Obligations.

         SECTION  10.10  Maximum  Interest  Rate.   Nothing  contained  in  this
Agreement  or any Note  shall  require  the  Company to pay  interest  at a rate
exceeding the Maximum  Permissible  Rate. If interest  payable to any Lender for
any period would exceed the Maximum  Permissible  Rate,  such interest  shall be
reduced  automatically  to the  maximum  amount that will not exceed the Maximum
Permissible Rate, and interest payable to any Lender for any subsequent  period,
to the extent less than the Maximum  Permissible Rate, shall, to that extent, be
increased by the aggregate amount of all such reductions.

         SECTION  10.11  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  and the other Loan
Documents executed and delivered  contemporaneously  herewith, together with the
exhibits  and  schedules  attached  hereto and  thereto,  constitute  the entire
understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof,  and any
other prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with respect
thereto,  including,   without  limitation,  the  Commitment  Letter,  which  is
expressly  superseded  hereby;  provided,  however,  that the indemnities of the
Company in favor of the Lenders and SunTrust  Equitable  Securities  Corporation
contained in the  Commitment  Letter shall survive the execution and delivery of
this Agreement.  The execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by
the Company was not based upon any facts or  materials  provided by the Agent or
any  Lender,  nor was the  Company or any  Guarantor  induced  to  execute  this
Agreement  or any  other  Loan  Document  by any  representation,  statement  or
analysis made by the Agent or any Lender.

         SECTION 10.12 Set-Off.  Upon the occurrence and during the  continuance
of any Event of Default,  each Lender, and each of its branches and offices,  is
hereby  authorized  by the Company,  at any time and from time to time,  without
notice to the Company (i) to set off against,  and to  appropriate  and apply to
the payment of the  Obligations  (in each case whether matured or unmatured) any
and all  amounts  owing by such  Lender,  or any such  office or branch,  to the
Company  (whether  payable in Dollars or any other currency,  whether matured or
unmatured,  and, in the case of deposits,  whether  general or special,  time or
demand and however  evidenced)  and (ii) pending any such action,  to the extent
necessary,  to hold such amounts as  collateral to secure such  Obligations  and
Guaranty  Obligations and to return as unpaid for insufficient funds any and all
checks and other items drawn  against any deposits so held as such Lender in its
sole  discretion  may elect.  Each Lender  shall give the Company  notice of its
intention to exercise its rights under this Section  10.12;  provided,  however,
that  failure by such Lender to give the Company  notice  shall not prevent such
Lender from exercising its rights as provided in this Section.  The Company,  to
the fullest extent it may  effectively do so under  Applicable  Law, agrees that
any holder of a participation  in any Advance may exercise rights of set-off and
counterclaim and other rights with respect to such  participation as fully as if
such  holder of a  participation  were a direct  creditor  of the Company in the
amount of such participation.

                                       71

<PAGE>

         SECTION  10.13  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed in any
number of counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all
of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         SECTION 10.14 Replacement  Notes.  Upon receipt of evidence  reasonably
satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any
Note, and in the case of any such loss,  theft or destruction,  upon delivery of
any indemnity agreement  reasonably  satisfactory to the Company or, in the case
of any such  mutilation,  upon  surrender  and  cancellation  of such Note,  the
Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a replacement note identical
in form and  substance  to such Note and dated as of the date of such Note,  and
upon such execution and delivery of the replacement  note all references in this
Agreement  and in all other Loan  Documents to the Note shall be deemed to refer
to such replacement note.

         SECTION 10.15 Release. In consideration of the Agent's and the Lenders'
agreement  to  enter  into  this  Agreement  and to  establish  the  Commitments
hereunder,  the Company hereby (a) releases,  acquits and forever discharges the
Agent and the Lenders, their respective agents, employees,  officers, directors,
servants,   representatives,   attorneys,  affiliates,  successors  and  assigns
(collectively,  the "Released  Parties") from any and all  liabilities,  claims,
suits, debts, liens, losses, causes of action,  demands,  rights, damages, costs
and  expenses of any kind,  character  or nature  whatsoever,  known or unknown,
fixed or  contingent,  that the  Company  may have or claim to have  against the
Agent and the Lenders  which might arise out of or be connected  with any act of
commission  or omission of the Agent or the Lenders  existing or occurring on or
prior to the date of this Agreement,  including, without limitation, any claims,
liabilities or obligations  relating to or arising out of or in connection  with
the  Loan  Documents  (including,  without  limitation,  arising  out  of  or in
connection with the initiation,  negotiation,  closing or  administration of the
transactions  contemplated  thereby or related  thereto),  from the beginning of
time until the execution and delivery of this Agreement (the "Released  Claims")
and (b) agrees  forever to refrain from  commencing,  instituting or prosecuting
any  lawsuit,  action or other  proceeding  against the  Released  Parties  with
respect to any and all Released Claims.

                                       72

<PAGE>

         WITNESS  the hand and seal of the  parties  hereto  through  their duly
authorized officers, as of the date first above written.


                                                     NUCO2 INC.,
                                                     a Florida corporation


Address:                                       By: /s/ Joann Sabatino
c/o NuCo2 Inc.                                     -----------------------------
2800 S.E. Market Place                             Joann Sabatino
Stuart, Florida 34997                              Chief Financial Officer
                                                   and Treasurer


                                                   Attest: /s/ Eric M. Wechsler
                                                           --------------------
                                                           Eric M. Wechsler
                                                           General Counsel and
                                                           Secretary






               [SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]


<PAGE>
                                        SUNTRUST BANK, SOUTH FLORIDA,
                                        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,




                                        By: /s/ Russell E. Burnette
                                            ----------------------------------
                                           Russell E. Burnette
                                           Vice President


               [SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]

<PAGE>



                                        BANK AUSTRIA CREDITANSTALT
                                        CORPORATE FINANCE, INC.,
                                        individually and as Documentation Agent



                                        By: /s/ Scott Kray
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:  Scott Kray
                                            Title: Vice President




                                        By: /s/ Gary W. Andresen
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:  Gary W. Andresen
                                            Title: Associate


               [SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]

<PAGE>



                                        BANK-LEUMI LE-ISRAEL B.M.,
                                        MIAMI AGENCY


                                        By: /s/ Stephen Hanas
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name:  Steven Hanas
                                            Title: Vice President








               [SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]

<PAGE>



                                        THE PROVIDENT BANK


                                        By: /s/ Nick Jeviz
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name:  Nick Jeviz
                                            Title: Vice President








               [SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9

            FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT



            THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated
as of June 16,  1999 (this  "Amendment"),  by and among  NUCO2  INC.,  a Florida
corporation (the "Company"), SUNTRUST BANK, SOUTH FLORIDA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
a  national  banking  association   ("SunTrust"),   BANK  AUSTRIA  CREDITANSTALT
CORPORATE FINANCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Documentation Agent"), THE
PROVIDENT BANK, an Ohio banking  corporation,  BANK LEUMI LE-ISRAEL B.M.,  Miami
Agency, IBJ WHITEHALL BUSINESS CREDIT CORPORATION,  a New York corporation,  and
any other banks or other lending institutions that are or will become parties to
this Amendment (collectively,  the "Lenders" and each individually, a "Lender"),
and  SUNTRUST  BANK,  SOUTH  FLORIDA,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  as agent  for the
Lenders.

                             PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

            The  Company,  Agent and the  Lenders  are  parties to that  certain
Amended and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of May 4, 1999 (the  "Credit
Agreement";  capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the
meanings  assigned  to them in the  Credit  Agreement),  pursuant  to which  the
Lenders  made and  continue  to make  certain  financial  accommodations  to the
Company; and

            The  Company,  Agent and the  Lenders  desire  to amend  the  Credit
Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

            NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises and the mutual
covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


1.          Amendments to Credit Agreement.

            a.  Section  10.02 of the  Credit  Agreement  is hereby  amended  by
replacing subsection (c) in its entirety with the following subsection (c):

                        (c) to amend or modify  the  definitions  of  "Borrowing
            Base", "Cost of Products Sold",  "EBITDA Multiple",  "Gross Margin",
            "Gross Margin  Factor",  "Revolving  Loan  Commitment"  or "Required
            Lenders",  to amend or modify  Schedule  1.01, or the  provisions of
            Section 2.01 (ii)(E), Section 10.07 or of this Section 10.02;

            b. Exhibit K to the Credit  Agreement is hereby amended by replacing
such Exhibit K in its entirety with Annex A attached to this Amendment.


<PAGE>
2.          Other Agreements.

            a.  Company  hereby  affirms  that each of the  representations  and
warranties  of the Company  contained in the Credit  Agreement and in any of the
other  Loan  Documents  (except to the extent  that any such  representation  or
warranty  expressly  relates  solely to an earlier date and for changes  therein
permitted or  contemplated  by the Credit  Agreement) is correct in all material
respects on and as of the date hereof and after giving effect to this Amendment.
In addition, with respect to this Amendment, the Company warrants and represents
that the  execution,  delivery and  performance by the Company of this Amendment
(i) are within the  Company's  corporate or similar  power;  (ii) have been duly
authorized  by  all  necessary  or  proper  corporate  or  similar  action,  and
shareholder or similar action;  (iii) are not in  contravention of any provision
of the Company's  certificate of incorporation or bylaws;  (iv) will not violate
any law or regulation, or any order or decree of any Governmental Authority; (v)
will not conflict with or result in the breach or termination  of,  constitute a
default  under  or  accelerate  any  performance  required  by,  any  indenture,
mortgage,  deed of trust,  lease,  agreement  or other  instrument  to which the
Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its property is bound; (vi)
will not  result  in the  creation  or  imposition  of any Lien  upon any of the
property of the Company  other than those in favor of the Agent and the Lenders,
all  pursuant  to the Loan  Documents;  and (vii) do not  require the consent or
approval of any Governmental Authority.  Company further represents and warrants
that this  Amendment  has been duly executed and delivered for the benefit of or
on behalf of the Company and constitutes a legal,  valid and binding  obligation
of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

            b. As  amended  hereby,  all terms of the Credit  Agreement  and the
other  Loan  Documents  shall be and  remain in full  force and effect and shall
constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable  obligations of the Company
to the Agent and the Lenders.  To the extent any terms and  conditions in any of
the other Loan  Documents  shall  contradict or be in conflict with any terms or
conditions of the Credit Agreement,  after giving effect to this Amendment, such
terms and  conditions  are hereby  deemed  modified and amended  accordingly  to
reflect the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement as modified and amended
hereby.

            c. Company  hereby  restates,  ratifies and reaffirms each and every
term and  condition  set  forth  in the  Credit  Agreement  and the  other  Loan
Documents,  effective as of the date hereof,  and represents  that, after giving
effect to this  Amendment,  no Default or Event of Default has  occurred  and is
continuing as of the date hereof.

            d.  Company  agrees to pay on demand all costs and  expenses  of the
Agent and the Lenders in connection with the  preparation,  execution,  delivery
and  enforcement  of  this  Amendment,   the  closing  hereof,   and  any  other
transactions  contemplated hereby, including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses
of the Agent's counsel.

            e. THIS AMENDMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAWS OF CONFLICTS),  OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA
AND ALL APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

                                      A-2

<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to
be executed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized,  as of the
date first above written.



                                        NUCO2 INC.,
                                        a Florida corporation



                                        By: /s/ Joann Sabatino
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Joann Sabatino
                                           Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer


                                        Attest: /s/ Eric M. Wechsler
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Eric M. Wechsler
                                               General Counsel and Secretary


                                        SUNTRUST BANK, SOUTH FLORIDA,
                                        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                        individually and as Agent



                                        By: /s/ Russell E. Burnette
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Russell E. Burnette
                                           Vice President


                                      A-3
<PAGE>



                                        BANK AUSTRIA CREDITANSTALT
                                        CORPORATE FINANCE, INC.,
                                        Individually and as Documentation Agent



                                        By: /s/ Scott Kray
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Scott Kray
                                           Title: Vice President


                                        By: Gary W. Andresen
                                            ------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Gary W. Andresen
                                           Title: Associate


                                      A-4
<PAGE>



                                        BANK-LEUMI LE-ISRAEL B.M.,
                                        MIAMI AGENCY


                                        By: /s/ Stephen Hanas
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name:  Steven Hanas
                                            Title: Vice President



                                      A-5
<PAGE>



                                        THE PROVIDENT BANK


                                        By: /s/ Nick Jeviz
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name:  Nick Jeviz
                                            Title: Vice President




                                      A-6
<PAGE>



                                        IBJ WHITEHALL BUSINESS CREDIT
                                        CORPORATION




                                        By: /s/ Bruce Kasper
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name:  Bruce Kasper
                                            Title: Vice President





                                      A-7
<PAGE>

                          ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF GUARANTORS


            Each of the Guarantors  acknowledges  and agrees to the terms of the
foregoing First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,  and further
acknowledges  and agrees that (i) all of the  obligations  of the Company  shall
continue  to  constitute  "Guaranteed  Obligations"  covered by the  Amended and
Restated Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 4, 1999 executed by the undersigned,
and (ii) the Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement is and shall remain in full
force and effect on and after the date hereof, and (iii) the foregoing agreement
shall in no way release,  discharge,  or otherwise limit the obligations of such
Guarantor under the Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement.

            This  Acknowledgment of Guarantors made and delivered as of June 16,
1999.

                                        GUARANTORS:

                                        NUCO2 ACQUISITION CORP.,
                                        a Florida corporation


                                        By: /s/ Eric M. Wechsler
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name:  Eric M. Wechsler
                                            Title: Vice President

                                        [CORPORATE SEAL]


                                        KOCH COMPRESSED GASES, INC.,
                                        a New Jersey corporation




                                        By: /s/ Eric M. Wechsler
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name:  Eric M. Wechsler
                                            Title: Vice President

                                        [CORPORATE SEAL]



                                      A-8

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 3

            AMENDMENT  NO.  3  dated  as of May 4,  1999  to the  Note  Purchase
Agreement referred to below, between:

                  NUCO2 INC., a corporation  duly organized and validly existing
         under the laws of the State of Florida (the "Company");

                  each of the  Subsidiaries  of the Company  appearing under the
         caption  "SUBSIDIARY  GUARANTORS" on the signature pages hereto (each a
         "Subsidiary Guarantor" and, collectively,  the "Subsidiary Guarantors";
         and, together with the Company, the "Obligors"); and

                  each of the Investors,  including the Additional Investors (as
         defined  below),   appearing  under  the  caption  "INVESTORS"  on  the
         signature  pages hereto (each,  an "Investor",  and  collectively,  the
         "Investors").

            WHEREAS,  the Obligors and the Investors (other than SunTrust Banks,
Inc.  ("SunTrust")) are party to a Senior  Subordinated Note Purchase  Agreement
dated as of October 31, 1997 (as  heretofore  modified and  supplemented  and in
effect on the date hereof, the "Note Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which the
Company  issued  its 12%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  due 2004 in an  aggregate
principal amount of $30,000,000 (the "Existing  Notes") to such Investors (other
than  SunTrust).  Chase Equity  Associates L.P.  ("Chase  Capital") and SunTrust
desire to purchase from the Company, and the Company desires to issue to each of
Chase Capital and SunTrust, its 12% Senior Subordinated Note due 2005 (each such
Note,  a "2005  Note") in the  aggregate  principal  amount of  $13,000,000  and
$2,000,000,  respectively,  under the Note Purchase  Agreement,  having the same
terms as the Existing Notes heretofore issued by the Company  thereunder (except
as otherwise  provided  herein) and the parties to the Note  Purchase  Agreement
wish to amend the Note  Purchase  Agreement to provide for such  issuance and to
make certain other modifications thereto;

            Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

            Section  1.  Definitions.   Except  as  otherwise  defined  in  this
Amendment No. 3, terms defined in the Note Purchase Agreement are used herein as
defined therein.

            Section 2.  Amendments  to Note Purchase  Agreement.  Subject to the
satisfaction  of the  conditions  precedent  specified  in Section 4 below,  but
effective as of the date hereof, the Note Purchase Agreement shall be amended as
follows:

            A.  References  in the Note Purchase  Agreement to "this  Agreement"
(and indirect references such as "hereunder",  "hereby",  "herein" and "hereof")
shall be deemed to be  references  to the Note  Purchase  Agreement  as  amended
hereby.


<PAGE>

            B. Section 1.01 of the Note Purchase  Agreement  shall be amended by
adding the following new definitions (to the extent not already included in said
Section 1.01) and inserting the same in the appropriate  alphabetical  locations
and amending the following  definitions (to the extent already  included in said
Section 1.01) to read in their entirety as follows:

            "Amendment  No. 3" means  Amendment No. 3 dated as of May 4, 1999 to
      this Agreement.

            "First 2005 Note Closing Date" has the meaning assigned to such term
      in Section 2.07(a).

            "New  Investor"  has the  meaning  assigned  to such term in Section
      2.07(a).

            "Required  Investors"  means,  at any time after the First 2005 Note
      Closing  Date,  Investors  holding  more than 60% in  aggregate  principal
      amount of the  Notes at the time  outstanding,  and at any time  after the
      Second  2005  Note  Closing  Date,  Investors  holding  more  than  63% in
      aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (in each
      case  exclusive  of  Notes  then  owned  by  the  Company  or  any  of its
      Affiliates);  provided  that,  in each case,  "Required  Investors"  shall
      include at least two Investors.

            "Second  2005 Note  Closing  Date" has the meaning  assigned to such
      term in Section 2.07(b).

            "Senior Credit  Agreement" means the Amended and Restated  Revolving
      Credit Agreement dated as of May 4, 1999 between the Company,  the lenders
      party thereto from time to time and SunTrust Bank, South Florida, National
      Association,  agent for such lenders,  as executed and delivered on May 4,
      1999,  and  any  refinancing,  refunding,  extension  or  renewal  thereof
      (whether or not with any of the lenders or the agent for such lenders then
      party to the Senior Credit  Agreement),  in each case, at any time amended
      or modified in accordance with Section 8.10(a).

            "Senior Debt" means the following obligations of the Company and its
      Subsidiaries:

                           (i) with respect to the Company, all principal of the
                  loans  outstanding  under the  Senior  Credit  Agreement,  all
                  interest  thereon  (including any interest  accruing after the
                  date  of  any  filing  by  the  Company  of  any  petition  in
                  bankruptcy or the commencing of any bankruptcy,  insolvency or
                  similar proceedings with respect to the Company whether or not
                  the same is allowed as a claim in any such



<PAGE>
                  proceeding)  and all  other  amounts  outstanding  thereunder,
                  including  all  expenses   (including,   without   limitation,
                  attorneys'   fees),   indemnities   and   penalties   and  all
                  commitment,  facility  and  administrative,  agency  or  other
                  similar  fees  payable by the Company  from time to time under
                  the Senior Credit Documents,  and including any obligations of
                  the Company in respect of Hedging  Agreements  owing to one or
                  more of the lenders  under Senior  Credit  Agreement  that are
                  required by the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement;

                           (ii)  with   respect  to  the   Company,   additional
                  Indebtedness  in an aggregate  principal  amount up to but not
                  exceeding  $15,000,000  under or in  respect of (x) the Senior
                  Credit Agreement and (y)any other  instrument  evidencing such
                  Indebtedness;  provided  that, in the case of clause (y) only,
                  such  Indebtedness  is  specifically  designated in such other
                  instrument as "Senior Debt" for purposes of this Agreement;

                           (iii)  with  respect  to  the   Company,   additional
                  Indebtedness  under  or  respect  of  (x)  the  Senior  Credit
                  Agreement  and  (y)  any  other  instrument   evidencing  such
                  Indebtedness;  provided  that  (i) in the case of  clause  (y)
                  only, such  Indebtedness  is  specifically  designated in such
                  other  instrument  as  "Senior  Debt"  for  purposes  of  this
                  Agreement  and (ii) after giving  effect to the  incurrence of
                  such   Indebtedness  (and  the  application  of  the  proceeds
                  thereof),  the Senior  Debt  Incurrence  Ratio is less than or
                  equal to 3.50 to 1.00;

                           (iv) with respect to any  Subsidiary  Guarantor,  the
                  Guarantee  of such  Subsidiary  Guarantor  in  respect  of any
                  Senior Debt of the Company; and

                           (v)  with  respect  to  the  Company,   any  and  all
                  refinancings, replacements or refundings of any of the amounts
                  referred to in clauses  (i),  (ii) and (iii)  above;  provided
                  that the refinancing,  replacement or refunding of Senior Debt
                  incurred under said clause (iii) shall constitute  Senior Debt
                  only  to  the  extent  that,   after  giving  effect  to  such
                  refinancing,  replacement or refunding (and the application of
                  the proceeds hereof), the Senior Debt Incurrence Ratio is less
                  than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00;

                  provided  that the aggregate  principal  amount of Senior Debt
                  permitted  under clauses (i) and (ii) above (together with the
                  amount  of  obligations  in  respect  of  Hedging   Agreements
                  referred  to  in  said  clause  (i)),  and  any   refinancing,
                  replacement or refunding  thereof  permitted  under clause (v)
                  above   (including   the  maximum   amount  of  the  aggregate
                  commitments  of the  lenders  to extend any  revolving  credit
                  facility  thereunder) shall not exceed at any time $90,000,000
                  minus the  aggregate  amount of (x)  permanent  reductions  in
                  revolving credit commitments thereunder and (y) prepayments of
                  any term loans made from time to time in respect of the Senior
                  Debt.



<PAGE>
                  "SunTrust" means SunTrust Banks, Inc.

            "2005  Note"  has  the  meaning  assigned  to such  term in  Section
      2.07(a).

                  C. Section  2.03(a) of the Note  Purchase  Agreement  shall be
amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                           "(a) The Company's obligation to pay the principal of
         and  interest  on all the Notes  issued by it shall be  evidenced  by a
         Note,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit A (except,  in the case of
         the 2005 Notes,  as modified by Section  2.07(a)),  duly  executed  and
         delivered  by  the  Company  with  blanks  appropriately  completed  in
         conformity herewith."

                  D.  A new  Section  2.04(e)  is  added  to the  Note  Purchase
Agreement to read as follows:

                           "(e)  Notwithstanding  anything in this  Agreement or
         the Notes to the  contrary,  the unpaid  principal  amount of each Note
         (other than the 2005 Notes) shall bear  interest at the rate of 14% Mar
         annum during each fiscal  quarter  (commencing  with the fiscal quarter
         beginning  on April 1,  1999) of the  Company  in which  the  Total Net
         Funded Debt  Coverage  Ratio  exceeds 5.50 to 1.00 as at the end of the
         immediately  preceding  fiscal  quarter  (that  portion of the interest
         accruing  on the Notes in excess of 12%  being  herein  referred  to as
         "Additional Interest");  provided, however, that no Additional Interest
         shall accrue prior to May 4, 1999.  Interest  accruing  pursuant to the
         immediately  preceding  sentence will be payable as provided in Section
         2.04(c); provided,  however, that any Additional Interest accruing with
         respect to any fiscal quarter ending on (i) March 31 will be payable on
         May 31 of such year and (ii)  September  30 will be payable on November
         30 of such year.

                  E. A new Section 2.07 is added to the Note Purchase  Agreement
to read as follows:

                           "SECTION 2.07 Issuance of 2005 Notes.

                           (a) Subject to and upon the terms and  conditions set
         forth in the immediately succeeding sentence, each of Chase Capital and
         SunTrust (each, a "New Investor")  agrees to purchase from the Company,
         and the Company  agrees to issue to each New  Investor,  its 12% Senior
         Subordinated  Notes due 2005 (the "2005 Notes"),  which Notes (i) shall
         be issued on May 4, 1999 (or such later date as the Company and the New
         Investors shall mutually agree,  but not later than May [4], 1999) (the
         "First 2005 Note Closing Date"), (ii) shall be in a principal amount of
         $8,666,667,  in the case of Chase Capital, and $1,333,333,  in the case
         of SunTrust,  and purchased at par by such New Investor and (iii) shall
         otherwise be in the form of Exhibit A (except  that the  maturity  date
         thereof shall be October 31, 2005).  Each 2005 Note shall  constitute a
         Note,

<PAGE>

         and each New Investor  shall be an  Investor,  for all purposes of this
         Agreement.  The  issuance  of the 2005  Notes to the New  Investors  is
         subject, at the time of purchase,  to the satisfaction of the following
         conditions:  (i) receipt by the New  Investors  of a  certificate  of a
         senior officer of the Company,  dated the date of such purchase, to the
         effect,  both immediately  prior to the purchase of such 2005 Notes and
         also after giving  effect  thereto and the  intended  use thereof,  set
         forth in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 5.02;  (ii) receipt by each New
         Investor  of the 2005  Note of such New  Investor,  duly  executed  and
         completed for such New  Investor;  and (iii) the execution and delivery
         of an  amendment  to the  Warrant  Agreement  satisfactory  to the  New
         Investors  providing  for the issuance of Warrants to the New Investors
         (or any Affiliate  thereof) for the purchase of 323,173 Stock Units (as
         defined in the Warrant  Agreement),  in the case of Chase Capital,  and
         49,719 Stock Units (as defined in the Warrant  Agreement),  in the case
         of SunTrust, and making certain other modifications thereto as mutually
         agreed by the Company and the Investors  (including the New Investors).
         Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  herein or in the 2005 Notes,
         interest on the 2005 Notes  issued on the First 2005 Note  Closing Date
         under this Section  2.07(a)  shall accrue from and  including the First
         2005 Note Closing Date and the initial  payment of interest on the 2005
         Notes issued under this  Section  2.07(a)  shall be made on October 31,
         1999.

                           (b) Subject to and upon the terms and  conditions set
         forth in the  immediately  succeeding  sentence  and upon ten  Business
         Days' prior written notice from the Company to the New Investors,  each
         New  Investor  agrees to  purchase  from the  Company,  and the Company
         agrees to issue to each New Investor,  an additional  2005 Note,  which
         Notes (i) shall be issued on any  Business  Day (such day,  the "Second
         2005 Note  Closing  Date")  during the period  from the First 2005 Note
         Closing  Date to and  including  March  31,  2000,  (ii)  shall be in a
         principal  amount  of  $4,333,333,  in the case of Chase  Capital,  and
         $666,667,  in the case of  SunTrust,  and  purchased at par by such New
         Investor  and (iii)  shall  otherwise  be in the form of the 2005 Notes
         issued under Section  2.07(a).  Each such 2005 Note shall  constitute a
         Note, and each such New Investor shall be an Investor, for all purposes
         of  this  Agreement.  The  issuance  of such  2005  Notes  to such  New
         Investors is subject,  at the time of purchase,  to the satisfaction of
         the  following  conditions:  (i)  receipt  by the  New  Investors  of a
         certificate of a senior officer of the Company,  dated the date of such
         purchase, to the effect, both immediately prior to the purchase of such
         2005 Notes and also after  giving  effect  thereto and the intended use
         thereof, set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 5.02; (ii) receipt
         by each New  Investor  of the  2005  Note of such  New  Investor,  duly
         executed and  completed  for such New  Investor;  (iii)  receipt by the
         Investors  of the  most  recent  financial  statements  required  to be
         delivered  pursuant to Section 7.01(a) or 7.01(b),  as applicable;  and
         (iv) the Total Net Funded Debt Coverage  Ratio as of the end of and for
         the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been
         delivered  pursuant  to clause  (iii) above would not exceed 6.0 to 1.0
         after giving effect to the issuance of such 2005 Notes,  and receipt by
         the New Investors of a certificate  of a senior officer of the Company,
         dated the date of such purchase,  demonstrating in reasonable detail to
         that effect. Notwithstanding anything to

<PAGE>

         the  contrary  herein or in the 2005 Notes,  interest on the 2005 Notes
         issued on the Second 2005 Note Closing Date under this Section  2.07(b)
         shall accrue from and  including  the Second 2005 Note Closing Date and
         the initial  payment of interest  on the 2005 Notes  issued  under this
         Section  2.07(b)  shall  be made on the  first  30~ day of April or the
         first 31~ day of October,  whichever is earlier, to occur following the
         Second 2005 Note Closing Date.

                           The  Company   shall  pay  to  each  New  Investor  a
         commitment  fee on the principal  amount of the 2005 Notes to be issued
         to such New  Investor  on the  Second  2005 Note  Closing  Date for the
         period from and  including  the First 2005 Note Closing Date to but not
         including  the earlier of the Second 2005 Note  Closing  Date and March
         31, 2000 (or such earlier date on which the Company shall  terminate in
         writing  to  each  of the  New  Investors  the  obligations  of the New
         Investors to purchase the 2005 Notes pursuant to this Section  2.07(b))
         at a rate per annum  equal to 1/2 of 1%.  The  accrued  commitment  fee
         (which  shall be  computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall
         be payable for the actual number of days elapsed  (including  the first
         but  excluding  the last day))  shall be payable in arrears on April 30
         and  October 31 of each year (or if any date is not a Business  Day, on
         the  immediately  succeeding  Business Day),  commencing on October 31,
         1999, and on the date on which the  obligations of the New Investors to
         purchase  the  2005  Notes  pursuant  to  this  Section  2.07(b)  shall
         terminate. "

                  F. Section  3.01(a) of the Note  Purchase  Agreement  shall be
amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                           "(a) The Company  may, at its option,  upon notice as
         provided  below,  prepay all or,  from time to time,  part of the Notes
         (other  than  the  2005  Notes)  at any  time at the  following  prices
         (expressed  in  percentages  of principal  amount) in each of the years
         listed below, in each case,  together with interest  accrued and unpaid
         on the Notes (other than the 2005 Notes) (or part thereof,  as the case
         may be) to the prepayment date:

                                    Year                               Price

                           From the Closing Date
                             through October 31, 1998                  106%

                           From November 1, 1998
                             through October 31, 1999                  104%

                           From November 1, 1999
                             through October 31, 2000                  102%

                           From November 1, 2000
                             and thereafter                            100%



<PAGE>

         The Company may, at its option,  upon notice as provided below,  prepay
         all or,  from time to time,  part of the 2005  Notes at any time at the
         following prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount) in each
         of the years listed below, in each case, together with interest accrued
         and unpaid on the 2005 Notes (or part  thereof,  as the case may be) to
         the prepayment date:

                                    Year                               Price

                           From the Closing Date
                             through April 30, 2000                    106%

                           From May 1, 2000
                             through April 30, 2001                    104%

                           From May 1, 2001
                             through April 30, 2002                    102%

                           From May 1, 2002
                             and thereafter                            100%"

                  G. The first sentence of Section  3.01(d) of the Note Purchase
Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                           "(d)  In  the  event  of a  Change  in  Control,  any
         Investor shall have the option to require the Company to repurchase (i)
         the Notes (other than the 2005 Notes) held by such  Investor at a price
         equal to 101% of the  principal  amount of such Notes if such Change in
         Control  occurs prior to the third  anniversary  of the date hereof and
         thereafter  at a price  equal to 100% of the  principal  amount of such
         Notes, in each case,  together with interest  accrued and unpaid on the
         Notes (or part thereof,  as the case may be) to the payment date and/or
         (ii) the 2005 Notes held by such  Investor  at a price equal to 101% of
         the  principal  amount of such Notes if such  Change in Control  occurs
         prior to the third  anniversary of the First 2005 Note Closing Date and
         thereafter  at a price  equal to 100% of the  principal  amount of such
         Notes, in each case,  together with interest  accrued and unpaid on the
         Notes (or part thereof, as the case may be) to the payment date. "

                  H. The last  sentence  of  Section  3.02 of the Note  Purchase
Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                           "Anything  in  this  Agreement  or the  Notes  to the
         contrary  notwithstanding,  any payment of principal  of, or premium or
         interest  on any Note,  or any  other  payment  hereunder  or under the
         Notes, that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be




<PAGE>

         made  on  the  next  succeeding  Business  Day  without  including  the
         additional days elapsed in the  computation of the interest  payable on
         such next succeeding Business Day. "

                  I.  Section  5.02 of the  Note  Purchase  Agreement  shall  be
         amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                           "SECTION  5.02.  Other  Conditions   Precedent.   The
         obligation of any Investor to purchase its Note(s)  (including its 2005
         Note(s)) hereunder is subject to the further conditions precedent that,
         both  immediately  prior to the purchase of such Note(s) and also after
         giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof:

                           (a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
         and

                           (b) the  representations  and warranties  made by the
         Company  in  Article  VI  shall be true  and  correct  on and as of the
         Closing Date (or the First 2005 Closing Date or the Second 2005 Closing
         Date, as applicable, in the case of the 2005 Notes) with the same force
         and  effect  as if  made  on and  as of  such  date  (or,  if any  such
         representation  or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of
         a specific date, as of such specific date)."

                  J. A new Section 5.03 is added to the Note Purchase  Agreement
to read as follows:

                           "SECTION  5.03  Conditions  Precedent  to Second 2005
         Notes. The obligation of each New Investor to purchase its 2005 Note on
         the Second 2005 Note Closing  Date is subject to the further  condition
         precedent  that the  Company  shall have issued and  delivered  to such
         Investors the Warrants  required to be issued under Section  2.08(b) of
         the Warrant  Agreement in the amounts therein  specified and shall have
         executed and delivered  each of the other  agreements  and  instruments
         contemplated to be executed and/or delivered under said Section 2.08(b)
         with respect to such Warrants."

                  K.  Section  8.09 of the  Note  Purchase  Agreement  shall  be
amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                           "SECTION 8.09 Financial Covenants.

                           (a)  Interest  Coverage  Ratio.  The Company will not
         permit  the  Interest  Coverage  Ratio to be less  than  the  following
         respective  ratios as at the last day of each fiscal quarter during the
         following respective periods:


<PAGE>
                              Period                        Ratio

                      From April 1, 1999
                        through December 31, 1999        1.25 to 1.00

                      From January 1, 2000
                        through March 31, 2000           1.50 to 1.00

                      From April 1, 2000
                        through June 30, 2000            1.75 to 1.00

                      From July 1, 2000
                        through September 30, 2000       2.00 to 1.00

                      From October 1, 2000
                        and at all times thereafter      2.50 to 1.00

                           (b) Total Net Funded Debt Coverage Ratio. The Company
         will not permit the Total Net Funded Debt Coverage  Ratio to exceed the
         following respective ratios at any time during the following respective
         periods:

                             Period                          Ratio

                      From January 1, 1999
                        through June 30, 1999            6.75 to 1.00

                      From July 1, 1999
                        through September 30, 1999       6.00 to 1.00

                      From October 1, 1999
                        through December 31, 1999        5.50 to 1.00

                      From January 1, 2000
                        through March 31, 2000           5.00 to 1.00

                      From April 1, 2000
                        and at all times thereafter      4.50 to 1.00

                           (c) Minimum Net Worth. The Company shall at all times
         maintain  Consolidated  Net  Worth  of not  less  than  the  sum of (a)
         $40,000,000,  (b) ~ 50% of the cumulative  Consolidated  Net Income for
         each  fiscal  quarter  ending  on  or  after  December  31,  1997  (but
         specifically  not  including  any  Consolidated  Net  Loss for any such
         fiscal  quarter)  plus (c) the  cumulative  net  proceeds of all equity
         offerings (if any) made by the Company for each fiscal  quarter  ending
         on or after September 30, 1997."

                  L. Section  8.10(a) of the Note  Purchase  Agreement  shall be
amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                           "(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of
         its Subsidiaries to, change, amend,  supplement or otherwise modify the
         terms of the Senior Credit Documents,  or refund or refinance the same,
         without the prior consent of the Required  Investors,  if the effect of
         such amendment or such refunding or refinancing is to:

                           (i) impose upon the Company,  directly or indirectly,
                  any prohibition or limitation on its ability to make regularly
                  scheduled  payments of  principal of or interest on the Notes,
                  or any  other  amounts  owing  to  the  Investors  under  this
                  Agreement,  except as provided in the subordination provisions
                  set forth in Article XI;


<PAGE>

                           (ii) extend or shorten the scheduled  maturity of any
                  payment of any principal  amount of the loans under the Senior
                  Credit Agreement, except (x) altering or modifying the payment
                  schedule  of such  loans so as to cause  the  average  life to
                  maturity of such loans to be not more than three years  longer
                  than the average life to maturity of such loans as of the date
                  hereof or (y) extending the final  maturity date of such loans
                  by more than three years; and

                           (iii) change,  amend,  supplement or otherwise modify
                  Section  2.1 l(d) of the Senior  Credit  Agreement  or change,
                  amend,  supplement or otherwise modify the terms of the Senior
                  Credit Agreement to require a reduction in the Commitments (as
                  defined  in the  Senior  Credit  Agreement)  as a result  of a
                  mandatory  prepayment  under Section 2.11 of the Senior Credit
                  Agreement."

                  M. Schedules  6.06(a),  6.10, 6.12, 6.13, 8.01 and 8.02 to the
Note  Purchase  Agreement  are hereby  amended to read as set forth in Schedules
6.06(a), 6.10, 6.12, 6.13, 8.01 and 8.02, respectively, to this Amendment No. 3.

                  Section 3. Representations and Warranties.

                  (a) The Company  represents and warrants to the Investors that
(i) the  representations  and  warranties  set forth in  Article  VI of the Note
Purchase  Agreement (as amended hereby) are true and complete on the date hereof
as if made on and as of the date hereof and as if each reference in said Article
VI to  "this  Agreement"  (or  words of  similar  import)  referred  to the Note
Purchase  Agreement as amended by this  Amendment  No. 3 and (ii) no Default has
occurred and is continuing.

                  (b)Each  New  Investor  represents  to the  Company  that  the
representations  set forth in Article IV of the Note Purchase Agreement are true
and complete  with respect to such New Investor on the date of each  purchase of
its 2005 Note pursuant to Section 2.07 of the Note



<PAGE>
Purchase Agreement,  as amended hereby, as if made on and as of such date and as
if each  reference in said Article IV to "this  Agreement"  (or words of similar
import) referred to the Note Purchase Agreement as amended by this Amendment No.
3.

                  Section 4.  Conditions  Precedent.  As  provided  in Section 2
above, the amendments to the Note Purchase Agreement set forth in said Section 2
shall become  effective,  as of the date hereof,  upon the  satisfaction  of the
following conditions:

                  (a) Amendment No. 3. The execution and delivery of one or more
         counterparts  of this Amendment No. 3 by each of the parties hereto and
         receipt by the  Investors  of evidence  that the  lenders  party to the
         Senior Credit Agreement shall have approved this Amendment No. 3.

                  (b) Corporate Documents. Receipt by the Investors of certified
         copies of the charter and by-laws  (or  equivalent  documents)  of each
         Obligor and of all  corporate  authority  for each Obligor  (including,
         without limitation,  board of director  resolutions and evidence of the
         incumbency, including specimen signatures, of officers) with respect to
         the  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this Amendment No. 3 and
         each other  document to be  delivered by such Obligor from time to time
         in connection  herewith and the 2005 Notes hereunder (each Investor may
         conclusively  rely on such  certificate  until it  receives  notice  in
         writing from such Obligor to the contrary).

                  (c)  Officer's  Certificate.  Receipt  by the  Investors  of a
         certificate  of a senior  officer of the Company,  dated the First 2005
         Note  Closing  Date,  to the effect set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of
         Section 5.02.

                  (d)  Opinion  of  Counsel  to  the  Obligors.  Receipt  by the
         Investors  of an opinion,  dated the First 2005 Note Closing  Date,  of
         Olshan  Grundman  Frome  Rosenzweig  &  Wolosky  LLP,  counsel  to  the
         Obligors, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required
         Investors  (and each Obligor  hereby  instructs such counsel to deliver
         such opinion to the Investors).

                  (e)  Opinion of  Special  New York  Counsel to the  Investors.
         Receipt  by the  Investors  of an  opinion,  dated the First  2005 Note
         Closing Date, of Milbank,  Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, special New York
         counsel to Chase Capital, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
         to the Required Investors.

                  (f) 2005 Notes.  Receipt by the  Additional  Investors  of the
         2005 Notes to be purchased on the First 2005 Note  Closing  Date,  duly
         completed and executed for each New Investor.

                  (g)  Warrants.  Receipt by the New  Investors  of the Warrants
         required to be issued under Section  2.08(a) of the Warrant  Agreement,
         as amended, in the amounts therein



<PAGE>

         specified and each of the other agreements and instruments contemplated
         to be executed and/or delivered under said Section 2.08(a) with respect
         to such Warrants

                  (h) Other  Documents.  Receipt  by the New  Investors  of such
         other documents as any Additional  Investor or special New York counsel
         to the Investors may reasonably request.

                  Section 5. Miscellaneous.  Except as herein provided, the Note
Purchase  Agreement  shall remain  unchanged and in full force and effect.  This
Amendment  No. 3 may be  executed  in any number of  counterparts,  all of which
taken together shall  constitute one and the same amendatory  instrument and any
of the  parties  hereto may  execute  this  Amendment  No. 3 by signing any such
counterpart.  This  Amendment  No. 3 shall be  governed  by,  and  construed  in
accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Amendment  No. 3 to be duly  executed and delivered as of the day and year first
above written.

                                        NUCO2 INC.


                                        By /s/ Joann Sabatino
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name:  Joann Sabatino
                                          Title: Chief Financial Officer and
                                                 Treasurer


                                        SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

                                        NUCO2 ACQUISITION CORP.


                                        By /s/ Joann Sabatino
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name:  Joann Sabatino
                                          Title: Chief Financial Officer and
                                                 Treasurer


                                        KOCH COMPRESSED GASES, INC.


                                        By /s/ Joann Sabatino
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name:  Joann Sabatino
                                          Title: Chief Financial Officer and
                                                 Treasurer





<PAGE>

                                        INVESTORS

                                        CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES L.P.
                                        By Chase Capital Partners,
                                        its general partner


                                        By____________________________________
                                          Title:


                                        DK ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.P.

                                        By M.H. Davidson & Co.,
                                        its general partner


                                        By____________________________________
                                          Title:


                                        EMPIRE  INSURANCE  COMPANY,
                                        as executed on their behalf by
                                        their Investment Manager,
                                        Cohanzick Management, L.L C.


                                        By____________________________________
                                          Title:


                                        ORIX USA CORPORATION


                                        By____________________________________
                                          Title:


                                        PAINEWEBBER HIGH INCOME FUND,
                                        a series of PaineWebber Managed
                                        Investments Trust


                                        By____________________________________
                                          Title:




<PAGE>

                                        SUNTRUST BANKS, INC.


                                        By____________________________________
                                          Title:




                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2

                  AMENDMENT  NO.  2  dated  as of May  4,  1999  to the  Warrant
Agreement referred to below, between:

                  NUCO2 INC., a corporation  duly organized and validly existing
         under the laws of the State of Florida (the "Company"); and

                  each of the Initial Holders,  including the Additional Initial
         Holders  (as  defined  below),  appearing  under the  caption  "INITIAL
         HOLDERS" on the signature pages hereto (each, an "Initial Holder",  and
         collectively, the "Initial Holders").

                  WHEREAS,  the  Company  and the  Initial  Holders  (other than
SunTrust Banks, Inc.  ("SunTrust")) are party to a Warrant Agreement dated as of
October 31, 1997 (as heretofore  modified and  supplemented and in effect on the
date hereof, the "Warrant Agreement");

                  WHEREAS, pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, in connection with
the issuance by the Company of $30,000,000  aggregate principal amount of Senior
Subordinated  Notes (the "2004 Notes") and as an inducement  for the purchase by
the Initial Holders (other than SunTrust and Nationsbanc  Montgomery Securities,
Inc.) of such $30,000,000  aggregate  principal amount of the Notes, the Company
issued Warrants to such Initial Holders  providing for the purchase of shares of
Common Stock of the Company;

                  WHEREAS,  in connection with the issuance by the Company of up
to an additional  $15,000,000  aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2005 (the "2005 Notes", and together with the 2004 Notes, the "Notes")
to each of Chase Equity  Associates L.P. ("Chase Capital") and SunTrust (each, a
"2005 Note Initial  Holder") and as an  inducement  for the purchase by the 2005
Note Initial Holders of up to such $ 15,00O,000  aggregate  principal  amount of
the 2005  Notes,  the  Company  has  agreed to issue  Warrants  to the 2005 Note
Initial  Holders  providing  for the  purchase of shares of Common  Stock of the
Company;

                  WHEREAS, SunTrust desires to become an Initial Holder party to
the Warrant  Agreement and each 2005 Note Initial Holder desires to purchase the
2005 Notes from the Company,  and the Company  desires to issue to the 2005 Note
Initial  Holders,  a Warrant  having the same terms as the  Warrants  heretofore
issued by the Company and as amended  (including the amendments thereto effected
by this Amendment No. 2) under the Warrant  Agreement (as amended  hereby).  The
Company and the Initial Holders  (including the 2005 Note Initial  Holders) wish
to amend the Warrant  Agreement to add SunTrust as an Initial Holder  thereunder
and to provide for the  issuance of such  additional  Warrants and to make other
modifications to the Warrant  Agreement and the Warrants  heretofore  issued and
outstanding thereunder.



<PAGE>
                  Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                  Section 1.  Definitions.  Except as otherwise  defined in this
Amendment  No. 2, terms  defined in the  Warrant  Agreement  are used  herein as
defined therein.

                  Section 2.  Amendments  to Warrant  Agreement.  Subject to the
satisfaction  of the  conditions  precedent  specified  in Section 5 below,  but
effective as of the date hereof, the parties to the Warrant Agreement agree that
the Warrant Agreement shall be amended as follows:

                  A.  References  in the Warrant  Agreement to "this  Agreement"
(and indirect references such as "hereunder",  "hereby",  "herein" and "hereof")
shall be deemed to be references to the Warrant Agreement as amended hereby.

                  B. Section 1.01 of the Warrant  Agreement  shall be amended by
adding the following new definitions (to the extent not already included in said
Section 1.01) and inserting the same in the appropriate  alphabetical  locations
and amending the following  definitions (to the extent already  included in said
Section 1.01) to read in their entirety as follows:

                           "Amendment No. 2" shall mean Amendment No. 2 dated as
         of May 4, 1999 to this Agreement.

                           "First 2005 Note Closing Date" shall have the meaning
         assigned  to  such  term  in  the  Senior  Subordinated  Note  Purchase
         Agreement.

                           "Second  2005  Note  Closing  Date"  shall  have  the
         meaning assigned to such term in the Senior  Subordinated Note Purchase
         Agreement.

                           "Senior  Subordinated Note Purchase  Agreement" shall
         mean  the  Senior  Subordinated  Note  Purchase  Agreement  dated as of
         October 31, 1997 between the Company,  the subsidiary  guarantors party
         thereto and the investors party thereto,  as amended and in effect from
         time to time.

                           "2005 Note  Initial  Holder"  shall have the  meaning
         assigned to such term in Section 2.07 and Section 2.08 hereof.

                  C. A new  Section  2.08 is added to the Warrant  Agreement  to
read as follows:

                  "SECTION 2.08 Issuance of Additional Warrants.  (a) Subject to
         and upon the conditions set forth in this Agreement,  the Company shall
         issue to each of Chase Equity  Associates  L.P.  ("Chase  Capital") and
         SunTrust Banks, Inc.  ("SunTrust" and, together with Chase Capital, the
         "2005 Note Initial  Holders"),  on the First 2005 Note Closing Date and
         for no cash consideration,  a Warrant (the "2005 Note Warrants") in the
         form of Annex 1 to this  Agreement  covering such number of Stock Units
         as is equal to the



<PAGE>

         percentage  of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Common Stock on a
         fully  diluted  basis on the date of issuance of such 2005 Note Warrant
         as is specified  opposite the name of such 2005 Note Initial  Holder in
         Part A of Schedule 1 to Amendment No. 2. The number of shares of Common
         Stock  comprising  each  Stock Unit  covered by the 2005 Note  Warrants
         issued under this Agreement  shall be subject to adjustment as provided
         in Sections 6 and 7 hereof.  Each 2005 Note Warrant shall  constitute a
         Warrant,  and each 2005 Note Initial Holder shall be an Initial Holder,
         for all  purposes  of this  Agreement.  On the First 2005 Note  Closing
         Date,  the Company  shall  deliver to each 2005 Note  initial  Holder a
         single  certificate  for the  Warrant to be  acquired  by such  Initial
         Holder hereunder, registered in the name of such Initial Holder.

                           (b) Subject to and upon the terms and  conditions set
         forth in the this Agreement,  on the Second 2005 Note Closing Date, the
         Company  shall  (i)  issue to each 2005  Note  Initial  Holder  (or its
         transferees,  as the  case may be)  Warrants  in the form of Annex 1 to
         this  Agreement  covering such number of Stock Units as is equal to the
         percentage of the issued and outstanding  shares of the Common Stock on
         a fully  diluted  basis on the date of issuance of such  Warrants as is
         specified  opposite the name of such 2005 Note Initial Holder in Part B
         of  Schedule  I to  Amendment  No.  2, (ii)  deliver  to each 2005 Note
         Initial Holder a single  certificate for the Warrants to be acquired by
         such 2005 Note Initial Holder hereunder on such date, registered in the
         name of such 2005 Note Initial  Holder,  except that, if such 2005 Note
         Initial  Holder  shall  notify the  Company  in  writing  prior to such
         issuance  that it desires  certificates  for  Warrants  to be issued in
         other denominations or registered in the name or names of any Person or
         Persons  referred  to in  Section  5.01  (a)(i)  or (ii)  hereof or any
         nominee or nominees for its or their benefit, then the certificates for
         Warrants  shall be  issued  to such  2005  Note  Initial  Holder in the
         denominations  and  registered  in the name or names  specified in such
         notice,  and (iii)  deliver  to each 2005 Note  Initial  Holder a legal
         opinion  from counsel to the Company in form and  substance  reasonably
         satisfactory to each 2005 Note Initial  Holder.  Each 2005 Note Warrant
         shall constitute a Warrant,  and each 2005 Note Initial Holder shall be
         an Initial Holder, for all purposes of this Agreement."

                  D.  Schedules  1 and 2 to the  Warrant  Agreement  are  hereby
amended  to  read as set  forth  in  Schedules  1 and 2,  respectively,  to this
Amendment No. 2.

                  E.  The form of  Warrant  attached  as Annex 1 to the  Warrant
Agreement  shall be  amended  by  deleting  the  amount  "$16.40"  in the  first
paragraph of such form and adding in lieu thereof the amount "$6.65."

                  Section 3. Amendments to Warrants. Subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions  precedent  specified in Section 5 below,  but effective as of
the date  hereof,  the Company  agrees for the benefit of each of holders of the
Warrants  heretofore  issued by the  Company  under the  Warrant  Agreement,  as
amended and outstanding thereunder on the date hereof (the "Existing Warrants"),
that each of the Existing Warrants (other than Warrant No. 5 to purchase 30,000



<PAGE>

Stock Units held by NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc. and Warrant No. 7 to
purchase  43,715  Stock Units held by DK  Acquisition  Partners,  L.P.) shall be
amended by  deleting  the amount "$ 12.40" in the first  paragraph  thereof  and
adding in lieu thereof the amount $6.65. "

                  Section 4. Representations and Warranties.

                  (a) The Company represents and warrants to the Initial Holders
that (i) the  representations  and  warranties  set  forth in  Section  3 of the
Warrant  Agreement as amended hereby are true and complete on the date hereof as
if made on and as of the date hereof and as if each  reference in said Section 3
to "this  Agreement"  (or  words of  similar  import)  referred  to the  Warrant
Agreement  as amended by this  Amendment  No. 2 and (ii) no default has occurred
and is continuing.

                  (b) Each 2005 Note Initial  Holder  represents  to the Company
that the  representations set forth in Section 2.03 of the Warrant Agreement are
true and complete  with respect to such 2005 Note Initial  Holder on the date of
each issuance of the 2005 Note Warrants as if made on and as of such date and as
if each reference in said Section 2.03 to "this  Agreement" (or words of similar
import) referred to the Warrant Agreement as amended by this Amendment No. 2.

                  Section 5.  Conditions  Precedent.  As  provided  in Section 2
above, the amendments to the Warrant Agreement set forth in said Section 2 shall
become effective,  as of the date hereof, upon the execution and delivery of one
or more  counterparts  of this  Amendment No. 2 by the Company and Holders of at
least 66-2/3% of the Restricted Warrants.

                  Section  6.  Miscellaneous.  Except  as herein  provided,  the
Warrant  Agreement  shall remain  unchanged  and in full force and effect.  This
Amendment  No. 2 may be  executed  in any number of  counterparts,  all of which
taken together shall  constitute one and the same amendatory  instrument and any
of the  parties  hereto may  execute  this  Amendment  No. 2 by signing any such
counterpart.  This  Amendment  No. 2 shall be  governed  by,  and  construed  in
accordance with, the law of the State of New York.





<PAGE>
                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Amendment  No. 2 to be duly  executed and delivered as of the day and year first
above written.

                                        NUCO2 INC.



                                        By: /s/ Joann Sabatino
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name:  Joann Sabatino
                                            Title: Chief Financial Officer/
                                                   Treasurer




<PAGE>



                                        INITIAL HOLDERS

                                        CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES L.P.
                                        By Chase Capital Partners,
                                        its general partner



                                        By_____________________________________
                                          Title:


                                        ORIX USA CORPORATION



                                        By_____________________________________
                                          Title:


                                        EMPIRE  INSURANCE  COMPANY,
                                        as executed on their behalf by
                                        their  Investment Manager,
                                        Cohanzick Management, L.L.C.



                                        By_____________________________________
                                          Title:


                                        DK ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.P.

                                        By M.H. Davidson & Co.,
                                         its general partner



                                        By_____________________________________
                                          Title:


                                        NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES,
                                        INC.


                                        By_____________________________________
                                          Title:




<PAGE>

                                        PAINEWEBBER HIGH INCOME FOND,
                                        a series of PaineWebber Managed
                                        Investments Trust



                                        By_____________________________________
                                          Title:


                                        SUNTRUST BANKS, INC.




                                        By_____________________________________
                                          Title:





<PAGE>
                                                                      Schedule 1


PART A: First 2005 Note Closing Date                                 Percentage

CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES L.P.                                             3.90%

SUNTRUST BANKS, INC.                                                     0.60%
                                                                         -----
                                                  Total                  4.50%
                                                                         =====

PART B: Second 2005 Note Closing Date

CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES L.P.                                             1.95%

SUNTRUST BANKS, INC.                                                     0.30%
                                                                         -----
                                                  Total                  2.25%
                                                                         =====



               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


            We consent to the  incorporation  by reference  in the  Registration
Statement  (No.  333-06705)  on Form S-8 of our report dated August 20, 1999 for
the years ended June 30,  1997,  1998 and 1999,  and to the addition of our firm
under the  caption  "Experts"  in the  Prospectus,  insofar as it relates to our
report on the financial statements for the three years ended June 30, 1999.


                                        /s/ Margolin, Winer & Evens LLP
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Margolin, Winer & Evens LLP


Garden City, New York
September 28, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  EXTRACTED FROM NUCO2 INC.
FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AS OF JUNE 30, 1999 AND IS  QUALIFIED  IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>

<S>                              <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                    12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                 JUN-30-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                      JUN-30-1999
<CASH>                                              1,579,191
<SECURITIES>                                                0
<RECEIVABLES>                                       7,325,308
<ALLOWANCES>                                          557,592
<INVENTORY>                                           213,605
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                    9,153,999
<PP&E>                                            120,227,912
<DEPRECIATION>                                     20,563,022
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                    141,630,201
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                               9,609,272
<BONDS>                                                     0
                                       0
                                                 0
<COMMON>                                                7,217
<OTHER-SE>                                         47,725,464
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                      141,630,201
<SALES>                                            47,097,670
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                   47,097,670
<CGS>                                              25,224,746
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                      48,541,599
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                            0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                            0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  7,524,966
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    (8,932,940)
<INCOME-TAX>                                                0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                (8,932,940)
<DISCONTINUED>                                              0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                             0
<CHANGES>                                                   0
<NET-INCOME>                                       (8,932,940)
<EPS-BASIC>                                           (1.24)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                           (1.24)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission